Chapter 10 Resource Masters - MHSchooliv Teacher’s Guide to Using the Chapter 10 Resource Masters...

140
Chapter 10 Resource Masters

Transcript of Chapter 10 Resource Masters - MHSchooliv Teacher’s Guide to Using the Chapter 10 Resource Masters...

Page 1: Chapter 10 Resource Masters - MHSchooliv Teacher’s Guide to Using the Chapter 10 Resource Masters The Chapter 10 Resource Mastersincludes the core materials needed for Chapter 10.These

Chapter 10Resource Masters

Page 2: Chapter 10 Resource Masters - MHSchooliv Teacher’s Guide to Using the Chapter 10 Resource Masters The Chapter 10 Resource Mastersincludes the core materials needed for Chapter 10.These

Copyright © by The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. Permission isgranted to reproduce the material contained herein on the condition that suchmaterial be reproduced only for classroom use; be provided to students, teachers,and families without charge; and be used solely in conjunction with GlencoeCalifornia Mathematics, Grade 6. Any other reproduction, for use or sale, isprohibited without prior written permission of the publisher.

Send all inquiries to:Glencoe/McGraw-Hill8787 Orion PlaceColumbus, OH 43240

ISBN: 978-0-07-878305-0MHID: 0-07-878305-4 CAGR6 CRM10

Printed in the United States of America

4 5 6 7 8 9 10 MAL 14 13 12 11 10 09

Consumable Workbooks Many of the worksheets contained in the Chapter Resource Masters

booklets are available as consumable workbooks in both English and Spanish.

MHID ISBNStudy Guide and Intervention Workbook 0-07-878871-4 978-0-07-878871-0

Skills Practice Workbook 0-07-878873-0 978-0-07-878873-4

Practice Workbook 0-07-878875-7 978-0-07-878875-8

Word Problem Practice Workbook 0-07-878877-3 978-0-07-878877-2

Spanish VersionsStudy Guide and Intervention Workbook 0-07-878872-2 978-0-07-878872-7Skills Practice Workbook 0-07-878874-9 978-0-07-878874-1Practice Workbook 0-07-878876-5 978-0-07-878876-5Word Problem Practice Workbook 0-07-878878-1 978-0-07-878878-9

Answers for Workbooks The answers for Chapter 10 of these workbooks can be found in the

back of this Chapter Resource Masters booklet.

StudentWorks Plus™ This CD-ROM includes the entire Student Edition test along with the

English workbooks listed above.

TeacherWorks Plus™ All of the materials found in this booklet are included for viewing,

printing, and editing in this CD-ROM.

Spanish Assessment Masters MHID: 0-07-878879-X ISBN: 978-0-07-878879-6

These masters contain a Spanish version of Chapter 10 Test Form 2A and Form 2C.

Page 3: Chapter 10 Resource Masters - MHSchooliv Teacher’s Guide to Using the Chapter 10 Resource Masters The Chapter 10 Resource Mastersincludes the core materials needed for Chapter 10.These

iii

Teacher’s Guide to Using the Chapter 10 Resource Masters .........................................iv

Chapter Resources Chapter 10 Student-Built Glossary ....................1Chapter 10 Family Letter (English) ....................3Chapter 10 Family Activity (English) ..................4Chapter 10 Family Letter (Spanish) ...................5Chapter 10 Family Activity (Spanish).................6Chapter 10 Anticipation Guide (English)............7Chapter 10 Anticipation Guide (Spanish) ..........8

Lesson 10-1 Angle RelationshipsLesson Reading Guide ......................................9Study Guide and Intervention ..........................10Skills Practice...................................................11Practice ............................................................12Word Problem Practice ....................................13Enrichment .......................................................14

Lesson 10-2 Complementary andSupplementary AnglesLesson Reading Guide ....................................15Study Guide and Intervention ..........................16Skills Practice...................................................17Practice ............................................................18Word Problem Practice ....................................19Enrichment .......................................................20

Lesson 10-3 Statistics: DisplayData in a Circle GraphLesson Reading Guide ....................................21Study Guide and Intervention ..........................22Skills Practice...................................................23Practice ............................................................24Word Problem Practice ....................................25Enrichment .......................................................26TI-73 Activity ....................................................27

Lesson 10-4 TrianglesLesson Reading Guide ....................................28Study Guide and Intervention ..........................29Skills Practice...................................................30Practice ............................................................31Word Problem Practice ....................................32Enrichment .......................................................33

Lesson 10-5 Problem-SolvingInvestigation: Use LogicalReasoningStudy Guide and Intervention ..........................34Skills Practice...................................................35Practice ............................................................36Word Problem Practice ....................................37

Lesson 10-6 QuadrilateralsLesson Reading Guide ....................................38Study Guide and Intervention ..........................39Skills Practice...................................................40Practice ............................................................41Word Problem Practice ....................................42Enrichment .......................................................43

Lesson 10-7 Similar FiguresLesson Reading Guide ....................................44Study Guide and Intervention ..........................45Skills Practice...................................................46Practice ............................................................47Word Problem Practice ....................................48Enrichment .......................................................49

Lesson 10-8 Polygons andTessellationsLesson Reading Guide ....................................50Study Guide and Intervention ..........................51Skills Practice...................................................52Practice ............................................................53Word Problem Practice ....................................54Enrichment .......................................................55TI-73 Activity ....................................................56

Lesson 10-9 TranslationsLesson Reading Guide ....................................57Study Guide and Intervention ..........................58Skills Practice...................................................59Practice ............................................................60Word Problem Practice ....................................61Enrichment .......................................................62Spreadsheet Activity ........................................63

Lesson 10-10 ReflectionsLesson Reading Guide ....................................64Study Guide and Intervention ..........................65Skills Practice...................................................66Practice ............................................................67Word Problem Practice ....................................68Enrichment .......................................................69TI-73 Activity ....................................................70

Chapter 10 AssessmentStudent Recording Sheet ................................71Rubric for Scoring Pre-AP................................72Chapter 10 Quizzes 1 and 2 ............................73Chapter 10 Quizzes 3 and 4 ............................74Chapter 10 Mid-Chapter Test ...........................75Chapter 10 Vocabulary Test .............................76Chapter 10 Test, Form 1 ..................................77Chapter 10 Test, Form 2A................................79Chapter 10 Test, Form 2B................................81Chapter 10 Test, Form 2C................................83Chapter 10 Test, Form 2D................................85Chapter 10 Test, Form 3 ..................................87Chapter 10 Extended-Response Test ..............89Chapter 10 Standardized Test Practice............90

Answers..................................................A1–A41

Contents

Page 4: Chapter 10 Resource Masters - MHSchooliv Teacher’s Guide to Using the Chapter 10 Resource Masters The Chapter 10 Resource Mastersincludes the core materials needed for Chapter 10.These

iv

Teacher’s Guide to Using the Chapter 10 Resource Masters

The Chapter 10 Resource Masters includes the core materials needed for Chapter 10. Thesematerials include worksheets, extensions, and assessment options. The answers for thesepages appear at the back of this booklet.

All of the materials found in this booklet are included for viewing and printing on theTeacherWorks Plus™ CD-ROM.

Chapter ResourcesStudent-Built Glossary (pages 1–2) Thesemasters are a student study tool thatpresents up to twenty of the key vocabularyterms from the chapter. Students are torecord definitions and/or examples for eachterm. You may suggest that studentshighlight or star the terms with which theyare not familiar. Give this to students beforebeginning Lesson 10-1. Encourage them toadd these pages to their mathematics studynotebooks. Remind them to complete theappropriate words as they study each lesson.

Family Letter and Family Activity(pages 3–6) The letter informs yourstudents’ families of the mathematics theywill be learning in this chapter. The familyactivity helps them to practice problems thatare similar to those on the state test. A fullsolution for each problem is included.Spanish versions of these pages are alsoincluded. Give these to students to takehome before beginning the chapter.

Anticipation Guide (pages 7–8) Thismaster, presented in both English andSpanish, is a survey used before beginningthe chapter to pinpoint what students mayor may not know about the concepts in thechapter. Students will revisit this surveyafter they complete the chapter to see iftheir perceptions have changed.

Lesson ResourcesLesson Reading Guide Get Ready for theLesson reiterates the questions from thebeginning of the Student Edition lesson.Read the Lesson asks students to interpretthe context of and relationships amongterms in the lesson. Finally, RememberWhat You Learned asks students tosummarize what they have learned usingvarious representation techniques. Use as astudy tool for note taking or as an informalreading assignment. It is also a helpful toolfor ELL (English Language Learners).

Study Guide and Intervention Thismaster provides vocabulary, key concepts,additional worked-out examples and CheckYour Progress exercises to use as areteaching activity. It can also be used inconjunction with the Student Edition as aninstructional tool for students who havebeen absent.

Skills Practice This master focuses moreon the computational nature of the lesson.Use as an additional practice option or ashomework for second-day teaching of thelesson.

Practice This master closely follows thetypes of problems found in the Exercisessection of the Student Edition and includesword problems. Use as an additionalpractice option or as homework for second-day teaching of the lesson.

Page 5: Chapter 10 Resource Masters - MHSchooliv Teacher’s Guide to Using the Chapter 10 Resource Masters The Chapter 10 Resource Mastersincludes the core materials needed for Chapter 10.These

v

Word Problem Practice This masterincludes additional practice in solving wordproblems that apply the concepts of thelesson. Use as an additional practice or ashomework for second-day teaching of thelesson.

Enrichment These activities may extendthe concepts of the lesson, offer a historicalor multicultural look at the concepts, orwiden students’ perspectives on themathematics they are learning. They arewritten for use with all levels of students.

Graphing Calculator, ScientificCalculator, or Spreadsheet ActivitiesThese activities present ways in whichtechnology can be used with the concepts insome lessons of this chapter. Use as analternative approach to some concepts or asan integral part of your lesson presentation.

Assessment OptionsThe assessment masters in the Chapter 10Resource Masters offer a wide range ofassessment tools for formative (monitoring)assessment and summative (final) assessment.

Student Recording Sheet This mastercorresponds with the standardized testpractice at the end of the chapter.

Pre-AP Rubric This master providesinformation for teachers and students onhow to assess performance on open-endedquestions.

Quizzes Four free-response quizzes offerassessment at appropriate intervals in thechapter.

Mid-Chapter Test This 1-page testprovides an option to assess the first half ofthe chapter. It parallels the timing of theMid-Chapter Quiz in the Student Editionand includes both multiple-choice and free-response questions.

Vocabulary Test This test is suitable forall students. It includes a list of vocabularywords and 10 questions to assess students’knowledge of those words. This can also beused in conjunction with one of the leveledchapter tests.

Leveled Chapter Tests• Form 1 contains multiple-choice questions

and is intended for use with below gradelevel students.

• Forms 2A and 2B contain multiple-choicequestions aimed at on grade levelstudents. These tests are similar in formatto offer comparable testing situations.

• Forms 2C and 2D contain free-responsequestions aimed at on grade levelstudents. These tests are similar in formatto offer comparable testing situations.

• Form 3 is a free-response test for use withabove grade level students.

All of the above mentioned tests include afree-response Bonus question.

Extended-Response Test Performanceassessment tasks are suitable for allstudents. Sample answers and a scoringrubric are included for evaluation.

Standardized Test Practice These threepages are cumulative in nature. It includesthree parts: multiple-choice questions withbubble-in answer format, griddablequestions with answer grids, and short-answer free-response questions.

Answers• The answers for the Anticipation Guide

and Lesson Resources are provided asreduced pages with answers appearing in red.

• Full-size answer keys are provided for theassessment masters.

Page 6: Chapter 10 Resource Masters - MHSchooliv Teacher’s Guide to Using the Chapter 10 Resource Masters The Chapter 10 Resource Mastersincludes the core materials needed for Chapter 10.These
Page 7: Chapter 10 Resource Masters - MHSchooliv Teacher’s Guide to Using the Chapter 10 Resource Masters The Chapter 10 Resource Mastersincludes the core materials needed for Chapter 10.These

Chapter 10 1 Glencoe California Mathematics, Grade 6

NAME ________________________________________ DATE ______________ PERIOD _____

Student-Built Glossary

Ch

apte

r R

eso

urc

esThis is an alphabetical list of new vocabulary terms you will learn inChapter 10. As you study the chapter, complete each term’s definitionor description. Remember to add the page number where you foundthe term. Add this page to your math study notebook to reviewvocabulary at the end of the chapter.

10

Vocabulary TermFound

Definition/Description/Exampleon Page

acute angle

complementary angles

congruent angles

congruent figures

line of reflection

line of symmetry

line symmetry

obtuse angle

parallelogram

polygon

Cop

yrig

ht ©

Gle

ncoe

/McG

raw

-Hill

, a

divi

sion

of T

he M

cGra

w-H

ill C

ompa

nies

, In

c.

Page 8: Chapter 10 Resource Masters - MHSchooliv Teacher’s Guide to Using the Chapter 10 Resource Masters The Chapter 10 Resource Mastersincludes the core materials needed for Chapter 10.These

Chapter 10 2 Glencoe California Mathematics, Grade 6

Vocabulary TermFound

Definition/Description/Exampleon Page

quadrilateral KWAH-druh-LA-tuh-ruhl

reflection

rhombus RAHM-buhs

similar figures

straight angle

supplementary angles

tessellation

transformation

translation

trapezoid TRA-puh-ZOYD

vertex

NAME ________________________________________ DATE ______________ PERIOD _____

Student-Built Glossary (continued)10

Cop

yrig

ht ©

Gle

ncoe

/McG

raw

-Hill

, a

divi

sion

of T

he M

cGra

w-H

ill C

ompa

nies

, In

c.

Page 9: Chapter 10 Resource Masters - MHSchooliv Teacher’s Guide to Using the Chapter 10 Resource Masters The Chapter 10 Resource Mastersincludes the core materials needed for Chapter 10.These

Family LetterNAME ________________________________________ DATE ______________ PERIOD _____

Chapter 10 3 Glencoe California Mathematics, Grade 6

Dear Parent or Guardian:

Geometric figures can be found in all kinds of places. Wallpaper

and tile often contain geometric patterns. Traffic signs are

created in the shapes of various types of polygons. Applying

geometric concepts to the real world can help us solve many

types of problems.

In Chapter 10, Geometry: Polygons, your child will learn about

angles, circle graphs, polygons, similar figures, tessellations,

translations, and reflections. Your child will also learn to use logical

reasoning to solve problems. In the study of this chapter, your child

will complete a variety of daily classroom assignments and activities

and possibly produce a chapter project.

By signing this letter and returning it with your child, you agree

to encourage your child by getting involved. Enclosed is an

activity you can do with your child that practices how the math

we will be learning in Chapter 10 might be tested. You may

also wish to log on to ca.gr6math.com for self-check quizzes

and other study help. If you have any questions or comments,

feel free to contact me at school.

Sincerely,

Signature of Parent or Guardian ______________________________________ Date ________

10C

opyr

ight

©G

lenc

oe/M

cGra

w-H

ill,

a di

visi

on o

f The

McG

raw

-Hill

Com

pani

es,

Inc.

Ch

apte

r R

eso

urc

es

Page 10: Chapter 10 Resource Masters - MHSchooliv Teacher’s Guide to Using the Chapter 10 Resource Masters The Chapter 10 Resource Mastersincludes the core materials needed for Chapter 10.These

Family ActivityStandards Practice

NAME ________________________________________ DATE ______________ PERIOD _____

Chapter 10 4 Glencoe California Mathematics, Grade 6

10

Fold the page along the dashed line. Work each problem on another piece of paper.Then unfold the page to check your work.

Cop

yrig

ht ©

Gle

ncoe

/McG

raw

-Hill

, a

divi

sion

of T

he M

cGra

w-H

ill C

ompa

nies

, In

c.

1. On the coordinate axis shown below, thegeometric shape has been transformedin some way.

What word best describes thetransformation that has taken place?

A rotationB translationC reflectionD dilation

Fold here.

Solution

1. Hint: An object that has been rotated hasbeen turned around a point. An objectthat has been translated has been movedin its current form to different coordinatesin the plane. An object that has beenreflected will be a mirror image of theoriginal object over a line of reflection. Adilation results in a change in size fromthe original object.

The object has not been turned, so it isnot a rotation. The object is orienteddifferently than originally, so it cannotbe a translation. The object's size didnot change, so it cannot be a dilation.

The object is a mirror image of itself onthe other side of the x-axis, so thetransformation is a reflection.

The answer is C.

2. The following triangles are similar.

Which of the following is not true aboutsimilar figures?

A Similar figures have equalcorresponding angles.

B Similar figures have proportionalcorresponding side lengths.

C Similar figures do not have to haveproportional corresponding sidelengths.

D Similar figures are the same shapebut may be a different size.

Solution

2. Hint: Similar triangles have the sameshape and their sizes are proportional.

When two figures are similar, they arethe same shape, their correspondingsides are proportional, and correspondingangles are equal. Based on the definitionof similar figures, choices A, B, and D arealso true.

Choice C directly contradicts thedefinition of similar figures and is not true.

The answer is C.

y

xO

8

6

10

4

3

5

Page 11: Chapter 10 Resource Masters - MHSchooliv Teacher’s Guide to Using the Chapter 10 Resource Masters The Chapter 10 Resource Mastersincludes the core materials needed for Chapter 10.These

Carta a la familiaNOMBRE ______________________________________ FECHA ____________ PERÍODO ___

Capítulo 10 5 Glencoe California Mathematics, Grade 6

Estimado padre o apoderado:

Hay figuras geométricas por doquier. El papel tapiz y las

baldosas contienen a menudo patrones geométricos. Las señales

de tránsito se fabrican en forma de varios tipos de polígonos. La

aplicación de conceptos geométricos al mundo real puede

ayudarnos a resolver muchos tipos de problemas.

En el Capítulo 10, Geometría: Polígonoss, su hijo(a) aprenderá

sobre ángulos, gráficas circulares, polígonos, figuras semejantes,

teselados, traslaciones y reflexiones. Su hijo(a) también aprenderá

a usar el razonamiento lógico para resolver problemas. En el estu-

dio de este capítulo, su hijo(a) completará una variedad de tareas

y actividades diarias y es posible que trabaje en un proyecto del

capítulo.

Al firmar esta carta y devolverla con su hijo(a), usted se com-

promete a ayudarlo(a) a participar en su aprendizaje. Junto con

esta carta, va incluida una actividad que puede realizar con

él(ella) y la cual practica lo que podrían encontrar en las prue-

bas de los conceptos matemáticos que aprenderán en el

Capítulo 10. Además, visiten ca.gr6math.com para ver auto-

controles y otras ayudas para el estudio. Si tiene cualquier pre-

gunta o comentario, por favor contácteme en la escuela.

Cordialmente,

Firma del padre o apoderado ________________________________________ Fecha ______

10C

opyr

ight

©G

lenc

oe/M

cGra

w-H

ill,

a di

visi

on o

f The

McG

raw

-Hill

Com

pani

es,

Inc.

Ch

apte

r R

eso

urc

es

Page 12: Chapter 10 Resource Masters - MHSchooliv Teacher’s Guide to Using the Chapter 10 Resource Masters The Chapter 10 Resource Mastersincludes the core materials needed for Chapter 10.These

Actividad en familiaPráctica de estándares

NOMBRE ______________________________________ FECHA ____________ PERÍODO ___

Capítulo 10 6 Glencoe California Mathematics, Grade 6

1. En el plano de coordenadas siguiente, laforma geométrica se transformó dealguna manera.

¿Qué palabra describe mejor estatransformación?

A rotaciónB traslaciónC reflexiónD dilatación

Doblen aquí.

Solución

1. Ayuda: Un objeto que se ha rotado esaquél que se hace girar alrededor de unpunto. Un objeto trasladado se mueve ensu forma actual a diferentes coordenadasen el plano. Un objeto reflejado es unaimagen especular del objeto original sobreun eje de reflexión. Una dilación resulta enel cambio de tamaño del objeto original.

El objeto no se giró, de modo que no esuna rotación. El objeto se orienta demanera distinta a la original, por eso nopuede ser una traslación. Su tamaño nocambió, entonces no puede ser unadilatación.

El objeto es una imagen especular de símismo del otro lado del eje x, de modoque la transformación es una reflexión.

La respuesta es C.

2. Los siguientes triángulos son semejantes.

¿Cuál de los siguientes no cierto encuanto a figuras semejantes?

A Éstas tienen ángulos correspondien-tes iguales.

B Éstas tienen longitudes lateralescorrespondientes proporcionales.

C Éstas no necesitan tener longitudeslaterales correspondientesproporcionales.

D Éstas tienen la misma forma peropueden tener un tamaño distinto.

Solución

2. Ayuda: Los triángulos semejantes tienenla misma forma y sus tamaños sonproporcionales.

Dos figuras son semejantes cuandotienen la misma forma, son proporciona-les sus lados correspondientes y soniguales sus ángulos correspondientes. Enbase a la definición de figuras semejan-tes, las opciones A, B y D también sonciertas.

La opción C contradice directamente ladefinición de figuras semejantes y no esverdadera.

La respuesta es C.

8

6

10

4

3

5

y

xO

10

Doblen la página a lo largo de las líneas punteadas. Resuelvan cada problema en otra hoja de papel. Luego, desdoblen la página y revisen las respuestas.

Cop

yrig

ht ©

Gle

ncoe

/McG

raw

-Hill

, a

divi

sion

of T

he M

cGra

w-H

ill C

ompa

nies

, In

c.

Page 13: Chapter 10 Resource Masters - MHSchooliv Teacher’s Guide to Using the Chapter 10 Resource Masters The Chapter 10 Resource Mastersincludes the core materials needed for Chapter 10.These

NAME ________________________________________ DATE ______________ PERIOD _____

Anticipation GuideGeometry: Polygons

Chapter 10 7 Glencoe California Mathematics, Grade 6

Cop

yrig

ht ©

Gle

ncoe

/McG

raw

-Hill

, a

divi

sion

of T

he M

cGra

w-H

ill C

ompa

nies

, In

c.

Step 2

Step 1

STEP 1 Statement STEP 2A, D, or NS A or D

1. The point where the sides of an angle meet is called the vertex.

2. An obtuse angle has a measure less than 90°.3. Two angles are complementary if the sum of their measures

is 180°.4. The percents in a circle graph total 100% and the angle

measures will total 360°.5. The sum of the measures of the angles in a triangle is 360°.6. A triangle is classified as obtuse if one angle in the triangle

is obtuse.7. All rectangles are quadrilaterals, but not all quadrilaterals

are rectangles.8. Figures that are the same shape and size are called similar

figures.9. If two figures are similar, then the corresponding angles are

congruent.10. A polygon is a two-dimensional figure with five sides.11. After a figure is translated, the resulting figure is the same

size and shape as the original.12. Only figures with at least one line of symmetry can be

transformed by a reflection.

Before you begin Chapter 10

• Read each statement.

• Decide whether you Agree (A) or Disagree (D) with the statement.

• Write A or D in the first column OR if you are not sure whether you agree or disagree, write NS (Not Sure).

After you complete Chapter 10

• Reread each statement and complete the last column by entering an A or a D.

• Did any of your opinions about the statements change from the first column?

• For those statements that you mark with a D, use a piece of paper to write an example of why you disagree.

10

Ch

apte

r R

eso

urc

es

Page 14: Chapter 10 Resource Masters - MHSchooliv Teacher’s Guide to Using the Chapter 10 Resource Masters The Chapter 10 Resource Mastersincludes the core materials needed for Chapter 10.These

NOMBRE ______________________________________ FECHA ____________ PERÍODO ___

Ejercicios preparatoriosGeometría: Polígonos

Copyright ©

Glencoe/M

cGraw

-Hill, a division of T

he McG

raw-H

ill Com

panies, Inc.

10

PASO 2

Antes de comenzar el Capítulo 10

• Lee cada enunciado.

• Decide si estás de acuerdo (A) o en desacuerdo (D) con el enunciado.

• Escribe A o D en la primera columna O si no estás seguro(a) de la respuesta,escribe NS (No estoy seguro(a).

Después de completar el Capítulo 10

• Vuelve a leer cada enunciado y completa la última columna con una A o una D.

• ¿Cambió cualquiera de tus opiniones sobre los enunciados de la primera columna?

• En una hoja de papel aparte, escribe un ejemplo de por qué estás en desacuerdo con losenunciados que marcaste con una D.

PASO 1

PASO 1 PASO 2A, D o NS

EnunciadoA o D

1. El punto donde se encuentran los lados de un ángulo se llama vértice.

2. Un ángulo obtuso mide menos que 90°.3. Dos ángulos son complementarios si la suma de sus medidas

es 180°.4. Los porcentajes en una gráfica circular totalizan 100% y las

medidas angulares totalizan 360°.5. La suma de las medidas de los ángulos de un triángulo es 360°.6. Un triángulo se clasifica como obtusángulo si uno de sus

ángulos es obtuso.7. Todos los rectángulos son cuadriláteros, pero no todos los

cuadriláteros son rectángulos.8. Las figuras que son iguales en forma y tamaño se llaman

figuras semejantes.9. Si dos figuras son semejantes, entonces sus ángulos

correspondientes son congruentes.10. Un polígono es una figura bidimensional con cinco lados.11. Después de trasladar una figura, la figura resultante es igual

en tamaño y forma a la original.12. Sólo figuras con por lo menos un eje de simetría pueden

transformarse mediante reflexión.

Capítulo 10 8 Glencoe California Mathematics, Grade 6

Page 15: Chapter 10 Resource Masters - MHSchooliv Teacher’s Guide to Using the Chapter 10 Resource Masters The Chapter 10 Resource Mastersincludes the core materials needed for Chapter 10.These

Cop

yrig

ht ©

Gle

ncoe

/McG

raw

-Hill

, a

divi

sion

of T

he M

cGra

w-H

ill C

ompa

nies

, In

c.

Less

on

10–

1

Chapter 10 9 Glencoe California Mathematics, Grade 6

Lesson Reading GuideAngle Relationships

Get Ready for the LessonRead the introduction at the top of page 510 in your textbook. Writeyour answers below.

1. Name other times in which the hands of a clock form angles less than 90°, equal to 90°, and greater than 90°.

2. How many degrees is the angle that is formed by clock hands at 6:00?

Read the Lesson3. Give three possible names for the angle shown to the right.

4. Draw the correct angle under each heading.

Obtuse angle Acute angle

Right angle Straight angle

5. Fill in the blanks with the correct angle number.

� and � are vertical angles.

� and � are adjacent angles.

Remember What You Learned6. Work with a partner. Have your partner draw two angles. Identify the

types of angles your partner has drawn.

P

RQ

10-1NAME ________________________________________ DATE ______________ PERIOD _____

1

324

6MG2.1

Page 16: Chapter 10 Resource Masters - MHSchooliv Teacher’s Guide to Using the Chapter 10 Resource Masters The Chapter 10 Resource Mastersincludes the core materials needed for Chapter 10.These

NAME ________________________________________ DATE ______________ PERIOD _____

Study Guide and InterventionAngle Relationships

Chapter 10 10 Glencoe California Mathematics, Grade 6

Copyright ©

Glencoe/M

cGraw

-Hill, a division of T

he McG

raw-H

ill Com

panies, Inc.

10-1

Classify each angle as acute, obtuse, right, or straight.

A. The angle is less B.than 90°, so it isan acute angle.

Label the two angles vertical or adjacent.

C. These angles are D.vertical because they are opposite each other and formed by two intersecting lines.

Classify each angle as acute, obtuse, right, or straight.

1. 2. 3. 4.

Label the angles vertical or adjacent.

5. 6. 7. 8.7

8

6

5

3

41 2

3 41

2

• An angle has two sides that share a common endpoint. The point where the sides meet is called thevertex. Angles are measured in degrees, where 1 degree is one of 360 equal parts of a circle.

• Angles are classified according to their measure.

• Two angles are vertical if they are opposite angles formed by the intersection of two lines.

• Two angles are adjacent if they share a common vertex, a common side, and do not overlap.

Right Angle Acute Angle Obtuse Angle Straight Angle

Example 1

Example 2

Exercises

The angle is greaterthan 90°, so it is anobtuse angle.

These angles areadjacent because theyshare a common vertex,a common side, and donot overlap.

�1 and �3 are vertical angles.�4 and �2 are vertical angles.

�5 and �6 are adjacent angles

1

324

5 6

6MG2.1

Page 17: Chapter 10 Resource Masters - MHSchooliv Teacher’s Guide to Using the Chapter 10 Resource Masters The Chapter 10 Resource Mastersincludes the core materials needed for Chapter 10.These

NAME ________________________________________ DATE ______________ PERIOD _____

Skills PracticeAngle Relationships

Chapter 10 11 Glencoe California Mathematics, Grade 6

Less

on

10–

1

Cop

yrig

ht ©

Gle

ncoe

/McG

raw

-Hill

, a

divi

sion

of T

he M

cGra

w-H

ill C

ompa

nies

, In

c.10-1

Classify each angle as acute, obtuse, right, or straight.

1. 2. 3.

4. 5. 6.

7. 8. 9.

Estimate the measurement of each angle in degrees.

10. 11. 12.

Use the figure at the right to answer Questions 13–15.

13. Name the acute angles.

14. Name the obtuse angles.

15. Name two angles that are adjacent.

H J

KL

M

6MG2.1

Page 18: Chapter 10 Resource Masters - MHSchooliv Teacher’s Guide to Using the Chapter 10 Resource Masters The Chapter 10 Resource Mastersincludes the core materials needed for Chapter 10.These

Name each angle in four ways. Then classify the angle as acute, right,obtuse, or straight.

1. 2. 3.

4. 5. 6.

Use the figure at the right to answer Questions 7 and 8.

7. Name two angles that are vertical.

8. Name two angles that are adjacent.

Use the figure at the right to name the following.

9. two acute angles

10. two straight angles

11. two right angles

12. two obtuse angles

F G

CB

E

A D

H

J

P

L

M

O

N

6E

D

F7

M

P

J3

H

GF

1C

BA

2X

Z

Y

4R

S

T

NAME ________________________________________ DATE ______________ PERIOD _____

PracticeAngle Relationships

Chapter 10 12 Glencoe California Mathematics, Grade 6

Copyright ©

Glencoe/M

cGraw

-Hill, a division of T

he McG

raw-H

ill Com

panies, Inc.

10-1 6MG2.1

Page 19: Chapter 10 Resource Masters - MHSchooliv Teacher’s Guide to Using the Chapter 10 Resource Masters The Chapter 10 Resource Mastersincludes the core materials needed for Chapter 10.These

NAME ________________________________________ DATE ______________ PERIOD _____

Word Problem PracticeAngle Relationships

Chapter 10 13 Glencoe California Mathematics, Grade 6

Less

on

10–

1

Cop

yrig

ht ©

Gle

ncoe

/McG

raw

-Hill

, a

divi

sion

of T

he M

cGra

w-H

ill C

ompa

nies

, In

c.10-1

1. CLOCKS The time shown on the clock is 11:05. Starting at this time,approximately what time will it bewhen the hands form an obtuse angle?

2. AIRPORT The runways at a local airport are sketched in the figure.Classify �1 and �2 as acute, obtuse,right, or straight.

21

3. FOUR SQUARE Lauren, James, Lisa,and Lauretta were playing four square.Which students are standing at vertical angles from one another?

Lauren James

Lisa Lauretta

4. CLOCKS The time shown on the clock is12:07. After 20 minutes have gone by,will the angle formed by the hour andminute hands be acute, obtuse, right,or straight?

5. BALLET When a ballet dancer’s feet arein first position, the heels are touching,and the feet are turned out. A dancerwith excellent technique can positionhis or her feet so that they are nearlyin a straight line. Isabella is practicingher technique. Classify the angle herfeet form as acute, obtuse, or right.

6. PARKING LOT Eric, Ryan, Aisha, and Abbey are all parked in the school lot.Who is parked at adjacent angles fromone another?

Aisha

RyanEric

Abbey

6MG2.1

Page 20: Chapter 10 Resource Masters - MHSchooliv Teacher’s Guide to Using the Chapter 10 Resource Masters The Chapter 10 Resource Mastersincludes the core materials needed for Chapter 10.These

Angles in BaseballAngles play an important part in many sports. In baseball, infieldersstand on and cover different parts of the infield depending on theposition of the runners. Sometimes, a player will have to turn varyingangles to make plays.

For Exercises 1 and 2, look at these pictures of baseball fields. In eachone, the four infielders cover different areas of the diamond. Use aprotractor to determine the measure of the angle of the area coveredby the 2nd baseman with different runner positions.

1. 2.

3. The outfield is covered by three other players:the left, center, and right outfielders. The areasthey cover may overlap slightly depending onwhoever is closest to the ball; but in general,each player has an area to cover. This figure shows the area most often covered by each outfielder. What type of angle does each area make with home plate? What type of angle do all three outfield areas combined create with home plate?

4. During a game, the pitcher notices the runner on second base wants to steal third base. If the pitcher is facing home plate, what type of angle does the pitcher have to turn through to throw the ball to third base?

5. During a different inning, a runner is on first base and appears to wantto steal second base. What type of angle does the pitcher need to turnthrough to throw the ball to second base if the pitcher is facing homeplate?

HomePlate

ThirdBase

SecondBase Area covered

by right fielder

Area coveredby center fielder

Area coveredby left fielder

FirstBase

HomePlate

ThirdBase

SecondBase Area covered by the

second baseman

FirstBase

HomePlate

ThirdBase

SecondBase Area covered by the

second baseman

FirstBase

NAME ________________________________________ DATE ______________ PERIOD _____

Enrichment

Chapter 10 14 Glencoe California Mathematics, Grade 6

Copyright ©

Glencoe/M

cGraw

-Hill, a division of T

he McG

raw-H

ill Com

panies, Inc.

10-1 6MG2.1

Page 21: Chapter 10 Resource Masters - MHSchooliv Teacher’s Guide to Using the Chapter 10 Resource Masters The Chapter 10 Resource Mastersincludes the core materials needed for Chapter 10.These

NAME ________________________________________ DATE ______________ PERIOD _____

Chapter 10 15 Glencoe California Mathematics, Grade 6

Less

on

10–

2

Cop

yrig

ht ©

Gle

ncoe

/McG

raw

-Hill

, a

divi

sion

of T

he M

cGra

w-H

ill C

ompa

nies

, In

c.10-2

Get Ready for the LessonComplete the Mini Lab at the top of page 514 in your textbook.Write your answers below.

1. Classify the angle as acute, right, obtuse, or straight.

2. Copy the angle onto a piece of paper. Then draw a ray that cuts the angle into two congruent angles. Label these two congruent angles �1 and �2.

3. What is m�1 and m�2?

4. What is the sum of m�1 and m�2?

5. Copy the original angle onto a piece of paper. Then draw a ray that separates the angle into two non-congruentangles. Label these two angles �3 and �4.

6. What is true about the sum of m�3 and m�4?

7. Complete Exercises 1–6 for the angle shown at the right.

Read the LessonFill in the blanks to answer Questions 8 and 9.

8. Two angles are complementary if the sum of their measure is .

9. Two angles are supplementary if the sum of their measure is .

Remember What You Learned10. 11.

45°x°35°

6MG2.1, 6MG2.2Lesson Reading GuideComplementary and Supplementary Angles

Page 22: Chapter 10 Resource Masters - MHSchooliv Teacher’s Guide to Using the Chapter 10 Resource Masters The Chapter 10 Resource Mastersincludes the core materials needed for Chapter 10.These

NAME ________________________________________ DATE ______________ PERIOD _____

Chapter 10 16 Glencoe California Mathematics, Grade 6

Copyright ©

Glencoe/M

cGraw

-Hill, a division of T

he McG

raw-H

ill Com

panies, Inc.

10-2

Find the value of x.

The two angles form a right angle or 90°, so they are complementary,

Write the equation.Subtract 43 from each side.

so the value of x is 47°.

Find the value of x.

The two angles form a straight line or 180°, so they are supplementary,

Write the equation.Subtract 110 from each side.

so the value of x is 70°.

Find the value of x in each figure.

1. 2. 3.

4. 5. 6.

82° x°45°x°71°

85°x°

56°

58° x°

110 � x � 180� 110 � 110

x � 70110˚ x ˚

43 � x � 90� 43 � 43

x � 4743°

• Two angles are complementary if the sum of their measure is 90°.

m�1 � m�2 � 90°

• Two angles are supplementary if the sum of their measure is 180°.

m�3 � m�4 � 180°

• To find a missing angle measure, first determine if the angles are complementary orsupplementary. Then write an equation and subtract to find the missing measure.

3 4

12

Example 1

Example 2

Exercises

6MG2.1, 6MG2.2Study Guide and InterventionComplementary and Supplementary Angles

Page 23: Chapter 10 Resource Masters - MHSchooliv Teacher’s Guide to Using the Chapter 10 Resource Masters The Chapter 10 Resource Mastersincludes the core materials needed for Chapter 10.These

NAME ________________________________________ DATE ______________ PERIOD _____

Chapter 10 17 Glencoe California Mathematics, Grade 6

Less

on

10–

2

10-2

Find the missing angle measure.

1. 2. 3.

4. 5. 6.

7. 8. 9.

Use the figure at the right to answer Questions 10–13.

10. Find m�HJL.

11. �HJL and �LJM are what type of angles?

12. Find m�KJM.

13. �KJL and �LJM are what type of angles?

K

JH M

L

90°30°

60°

24°

43°

43° x°45° 65°

10° x°

85° x°

42°

25˚

x ˚42˚

x ˚127˚ x ˚

6MG2.1, 6MG2.2Skills PracticeComplementary and Supplementary Angles

Page 24: Chapter 10 Resource Masters - MHSchooliv Teacher’s Guide to Using the Chapter 10 Resource Masters The Chapter 10 Resource Mastersincludes the core materials needed for Chapter 10.These

NAME ________________________________________ DATE ______________ PERIOD _____

Chapter 10 18 Glencoe California Mathematics, Grade 6

Copyright ©

Glencoe/M

cGraw

-Hill, a division of T

he McG

raw-H

ill Com

panies, Inc.

10-2

Find the value of x in each figure.

1. 2. 3.

4. 5. 6.

Classify each pair of angles as complementary, supplementary, or neither.

7. 8. 9.

ALGEBRA Find the value of x in each figure.

10. 11. 12.

13. ALGEBRA If �C and �D are supplementary, and the measure of �Dis 45°, what is the measure of �C?

19.2˚ x˚

92˚ 78.5˚

49.1˚

12

12

1 2

72° x°110°

x°29°

43°

x°65°x°22°

6MG2.1, 6MG2.2PracticeComplementary and Supplementary Angles

Page 25: Chapter 10 Resource Masters - MHSchooliv Teacher’s Guide to Using the Chapter 10 Resource Masters The Chapter 10 Resource Mastersincludes the core materials needed for Chapter 10.These

NAME ________________________________________ DATE ______________ PERIOD _____

Chapter 10 19 Glencoe California Mathematics, Grade 6

Less

on

10–

2

Cop

yrig

ht ©

Gle

ncoe

/McG

raw

-Hill

, a

divi

sion

of T

he M

cGra

w-H

ill C

ompa

nies

, In

c.10-2

1. SIGN The support wire for a sign meets the wall and the overhang asshown below. If m�2 � 42°, find m�1.Explain your reasoning

21

2. STREETS Main Street intersects Oak Road. If a right-hand turn ontoOak Road requires a 77° turn, whatdegree must a left-hand turn onto Oak Road make?

77˚

Oak Road

Main Street

3. RAILROAD East of the town of Rockport,the railroad tracks intersect Highway 67as shown below. If m�1 � 133°, find m�2. Explain your reasoning.

12

4. CAMPING Jonna and Elizabeth found alevel campsite and pitched their tent asshown below. If m�1 � 120°, find m�2.Explain your reasoning.

2 1

5. GAS GAUGE Below is a picture of the gas gauge in Sergio's car. Theangles made by the indicator arecomplementary. If the m�1 � 42°,what is the m�2?

FUEL

E F1 2

6. ARCHITECTURE The plans for a newaquarium call for several hallways ofexhibits leading out of a circular mainroom. Because of the size of the tanksthat will be used, the angle formedbetween two adjacent hallways can beno smaller than 65°. What is themaximum number of hallways that canbe built leading out of the main room?

Main Room Hallway

Hallway

65˚

6MG2.1, 6MG2.2Word Problem PracticeComplementary and Supplementary Angles

Page 26: Chapter 10 Resource Masters - MHSchooliv Teacher’s Guide to Using the Chapter 10 Resource Masters The Chapter 10 Resource Mastersincludes the core materials needed for Chapter 10.These

NAME ________________________________________ DATE ______________ PERIOD _____

Enrichment

Chapter 10 20 Glencoe California Mathematics, Grade 6

Copyright ©

Glencoe/M

cGraw

-Hill, a division of T

he McG

raw-H

ill Com

panies, Inc.

10-2

Matchstick PuzzlesThe puzzles on this page involve a box of wooden matches.Toothpicks or any other straight objects may be also be used.

Use the square figure at the right to make each of the followingfigures.

1. Move 3 matches to make 2. Move 4 matches to make3 identical squares. 3 identical squares.

3. Remove 2 matches to 4. Move 2 matches to makemake 2 squares. 7 squares. (You may cross

the matches in this one only.)

Use the hexagonal figure at the right to make each of the following firgures.

5. Move 4 matches to make 6. Move 4 matches to make3 equilateral triangles. 4 identical diamonds.

Use the square figure at the right to make each of the following firgures.

5. Remove 4 matches to 6. Remove 6 matches to makemake 5 identical squares. 5 identical squares.

6MG2.3

Page 27: Chapter 10 Resource Masters - MHSchooliv Teacher’s Guide to Using the Chapter 10 Resource Masters The Chapter 10 Resource Mastersincludes the core materials needed for Chapter 10.These

NAME ________________________________________ DATE ______________ PERIOD _____

Chapter 10 21 Glencoe California Mathematics, Grade 6

Less

on

10–

3

Cop

yrig

ht ©

Gle

ncoe

/McG

raw

-Hill

, a

divi

sion

of T

he M

cGra

w-H

ill C

ompa

nies

, In

c.10-3

Get Ready for the LessonRead the introduction at the top of page 518 in your textbook.Write your answers below.

1. Explain how you know that each person surveyed chose only one shade ofblue.

2. If 500 people took part in the survey, how many preferred aquamarine?

Read the Lesson3. In the following circle graph, what is the percent represented by

section C? How do you know?

4. As stated in Example 2 on page 519, when you construct a circle graph,you can check your work by measuring the last section of a circle graph to verify that the angles have the correct measures. Why will this work as a check?

Remember What You Learned5. If you are given the results of a survey and the results are given in

percents, how do you draw a circle graph to represent the results of thesurvey? Describe each step.

Successful SpaceLaunches, 2001

12.5%B

C

25%A

5SDAP1.2Lesson Reading GuideStatistics: Display Data in a Circle Graph

Page 28: Chapter 10 Resource Masters - MHSchooliv Teacher’s Guide to Using the Chapter 10 Resource Masters The Chapter 10 Resource Mastersincludes the core materials needed for Chapter 10.These

NAME ________________________________________ DATE ______________ PERIOD _____

Chapter 10 22 Glencoe California Mathematics, Grade 6

Copyright ©

Glencoe/M

cGraw

-Hill, a division of T

he McG

raw-H

ill Com

panies, Inc.

10-3

Exercises

ENERGY Make a circlegraph of the data in thetable.

Step 1 Find the total number of reactors:104 � 59 � 54 � 222 � 439.

Step 2 Find the ratio that compares eachnumber with the total. Write theratio as a decimal rounded to the nearest hundredth.

United States: �140349�

� 0.24 Japan: �45349�

� 0.12

France: �45399�

� 0.13 Other: �242329�

� 0.51Step 3 Find the number of degrees for each section of the graph.

United States: 0.24 · 360� � 86� Japan: 0.12 · 360� � 43�

France: 0.13 · 360� � 47� Other: 0.51 · 360� � 184�

Step 4 Use a compass to construct a circle and draw a radius. Then use a protractor to draw an 86° angle. This represents the percent of nuclear reactors in the United States.

Step 5 From the new radius, draw a 47° angle forFrance. Repeat this step for the other twosections. Label each section and give the graph a title.

1. SWIMMING The table shows the number of members of the swim teamwho competed at the swim meet. Each competed in only one event. Makea circle graph of the data.

Nuclear Reactors in Operation, 2001

24%UnitedStates

51%Other

Countries

12%Japan

13%France

A graph that shows data as parts of a whole circle is called a circle graph. In a circle graph, the percents add up to 100. When percents are not given, you must first determine what part of the wholeeach item represents.

Swim Team Member Participation

Butterfly

Event Number

Freestyle 18

Breaststroke 7

Backstroke 5

2

Swim Team Member Participation

Example 1

Other Countries

United States 104

France 59

Japan 54

222

Country Number of Reactors

Nuclear Reactors in Operation, 2001

5SDAP1.2Study Guide and InterventionStatistics: Display Data in a Circle Graph

Page 29: Chapter 10 Resource Masters - MHSchooliv Teacher’s Guide to Using the Chapter 10 Resource Masters The Chapter 10 Resource Mastersincludes the core materials needed for Chapter 10.These

NAME ________________________________________ DATE ______________ PERIOD _____

Chapter 10 23 Glencoe California Mathematics, Grade 6

Less

on

10–

3

Cop

yrig

ht ©

Gle

ncoe

/McG

raw

-Hill

, a

divi

sion

of T

he M

cGra

w-H

ill C

ompa

nies

, In

c.10-3

For each table, find the number of degrees in each section of a circlegraph. Then make a circle graph of the data.

1. 2.

3. 4.

United States CoastlineSuccessful Space Launches, 2001

Family Members Students Confide InUnited States Energy Usage, 2001

United States Energy Usage, 2001

Other

Category Percent

Commercial and Industrial 52%

Residential 20%

Transportation 27%

1%

Family Members Students Confide In

Grandparent/Other

Family Member Percent

Mom 52%

Dad 17%

Brother/Sister 16%

15%

Successful Space Launches, 2001

China

Country Number

India 2

United States 23

European Space Agency 7

1

United States Coastline

Coast Length (miles)

Atlantic 2,100

Pacific 7,600

Gulf 1,600

Arctic 1,100

United States Coastline

Arctic

Coast Length (mi)

Atlantic 2,100

Pacific 7,600

Gulf 1,600

1,100

5SDAP1.2Skills PracticeStatistics: Display Data in a Circle Graph

Page 30: Chapter 10 Resource Masters - MHSchooliv Teacher’s Guide to Using the Chapter 10 Resource Masters The Chapter 10 Resource Mastersincludes the core materials needed for Chapter 10.These

NAME ________________________________________ DATE ______________ PERIOD _____

Chapter 10 24 Glencoe California Mathematics, Grade 6

Copyright ©

Glencoe/M

cGraw

-Hill, a division of T

he McG

raw-H

ill Com

panies, Inc.

10-3

Display each set of data in a circle graph.

1. 2.

EXPORTS For Exercises 3 and 4, use the circle graph that shows the percent of Persian Gulfpetroleum exports by country for the year2003.

3. Which country has the most petroleum exports?

4. How many times more exports does Iran have than Qatar?

DATA SENSE For each graph, find the missing values.

5. 6. Time Management

Chores28˚

Other36˚ Sleep

130˚

Meals42˚

Hygiene24˚

Schoolx˚

Recycled Products

Aluminum25% Electronics

x%

Plastic20%

Other15%

Newspaper30%

Persian Gulf Exports 2003

SaudiArabia49%

Iraq5% Iran

15%

Kuwait12%

Qatar5%

United ArabEmirates14%

America’s Energy SourcesVolume of World’s Oceans

America’s Energy SourcesType Percent

Petroleum 40%Natural Gas 23%

Coal 22%Nuclear 8%Other 7%

Volume of World’s OceansOcean PercentPacific 49%

Atlantic 26%Indian 21%Arctic 4%

Source: conocophillips.com

Source: peacecorps.gov

5SDAP1.2PracticeStatistics: Display Data in a Circle Graph

Page 31: Chapter 10 Resource Masters - MHSchooliv Teacher’s Guide to Using the Chapter 10 Resource Masters The Chapter 10 Resource Mastersincludes the core materials needed for Chapter 10.These

NAME ________________________________________ DATE ______________ PERIOD _____

Chapter 10 25 Glencoe California Mathematics, Grade 6

Less

on

10–

3

Cop

yrig

ht ©

Gle

ncoe

/McG

raw

-Hill

, a

divi

sion

of T

he M

cGra

w-H

ill C

ompa

nies

, In

c.10-3

LANGUAGES For Exercises 1 and 2,use the table that shows thenumber of people that speak thefive languages that are spokenby the most people in the world.

MILITARY For Exercises 3 and 4, use the table that shows the numberof people active in the United Statesmilitary in 2002.

CategoryCommercial and IndustrialResidentialTransportationOther

Spanish

Language Speakers (millions)

Hindi 366

English 341

322

Bengali 207

Chinese, Mandarin 874

Languages Spoken by the Most People

1. Find the degrees for each part of acircle graph that shows the data.

2. Make a circle graph of the data. Whichthree languages account for 41% of thetotal?

Languages Spoken by the Most People

Coast Guard

Air Force

Branch Personnel (thousands)

Navy 385

Marine Corps 174

368

38

Army 486

3. Make a circle graph of the data.United States Military Personnel Active Duty, 2002

4. Which two branches taken togetheraccount for almost half of the total?

United States Military, Active Duty, 2002

5SDAP1.2Word Problem PracticeStatistics: Display Data in a Circle Graph

Page 32: Chapter 10 Resource Masters - MHSchooliv Teacher’s Guide to Using the Chapter 10 Resource Masters The Chapter 10 Resource Mastersincludes the core materials needed for Chapter 10.These

NAME ________________________________________ DATE ______________ PERIOD _____

Chapter 10 26 Glencoe California Mathematics, Grade 6

10-3 Enrichment

Relative Frequency and Circle GraphsThe relative frequency tells how the frequencyof one item compares to the total of all thefrequencies. Relative frequencies are written asfractions, decimals, or percents.

For example, in Exercise 1 below, the total of allthe frequencies is 50. So, the relative frequency ofthe grade A is 8 � 50, or 0.16.

The circle at the right is divided into 20 equalparts. You can trace this circle and then userelative frequencies to make circle graphs.

Complete each chart to show the relativefrequencies. Then sketch a circle graph forthe data. Use decimals rounded to the nearest hundredth.

1. History Grades for 50 Students

2. Steve’s Budget

D 6

C18Frequency

8

16

Grade

18

A

6

B

RelativeFrequency

C

D

0.16

2F

AmountSpent

$26

$46

Item

$24

Telephone

$38

Movies

RelativeSpending

Books

Car

$66Other

0 0.050.1

0.15

0.2

0.3

0.35

0.40.450.50.55

0.25

0.6

0.65

0.7

0.75

0.8

0.85

0.90.95

History Grades for 50 Students

Steve’s Budget

5SDAP1.2

Page 33: Chapter 10 Resource Masters - MHSchooliv Teacher’s Guide to Using the Chapter 10 Resource Masters The Chapter 10 Resource Mastersincludes the core materials needed for Chapter 10.These

NAME ________________________________________ DATE ______________ PERIOD _____

TI-73 ActivityCircle Graphs

Chapter 10 27 Glencoe California Mathematics, Grade 6

Less

on

10–

3

Cop

yrig

ht ©

Gle

ncoe

/McG

raw

-Hill

, a

divi

sion

of T

he M

cGra

w-H

ill C

ompa

nies

, In

c.10-3

Use your calculator to make circle graphs from data.

A group of students took a survey of favorite soft drinks. Make a circle graph

and find the percent of each favorite soft drink. Here is theirdata table.

Step 1 Enter the data into lists. Enter the category data in L1and the number data in L2. Remember to use quotesaround the first item in the category data. You canabbreviate the category names.

[MEM] 6 Move right and highlight the first blank list.Name the category DRINK.

[TEXT] " D R I N K " Done

[TEXT] " C O L A " Done

Note: The letter c appears in L1, because it contains category data.Fill in the rest of the drink categories. Enter the number data in a list called NUMBER.

Step 2 Set Plot 1. First turn off all plots.

[PLOT] 4

[PLOT] 1

Make sure Drink is the CategList and Number is the Data List. Choose Number.

Step 3 Create the circle graph. Analyze the graph.

Use cursor keys with .

Step 4 Create a circle graph showing percents. Choose Percent on the Plot 1 screen.

[PLOT] 1

In the key shown beside the graph, read the percents for each soft drink.

Refer to circle graph you created.

1. Describe the circle graph.

2. Use the percent circle graph. List the percents for each soft drink.

3. What does the circle graph tell you about the favorite soft drinks of the studentssurveyed? Use percents in your description.

GRAPHENTER2nd

TRACEGRAPH

TRACE

ENTER

ENTERENTER2nd

ENTER2nd

ENTER2nd

ENTER2nd

LISTENTER2nd

Category Number of(Soft Drink) Students

cola 28

diet cola (DC) 9

root beer (RB) 26

lemon-lime (LL) 13

other 8

Example

Exercises

Page 34: Chapter 10 Resource Masters - MHSchooliv Teacher’s Guide to Using the Chapter 10 Resource Masters The Chapter 10 Resource Mastersincludes the core materials needed for Chapter 10.These

NAME ________________________________________ DATE ______________ PERIOD _____

Lesson Reading Guide Triangles

Chapter 10 28 Glencoe California Mathematics, Grade 6

Copyright ©

Glencoe/M

cGraw

-Hill, a division of T

he McG

raw-H

ill Com

panies, Inc.

10-4

Get Ready for the LessonComplete the Mini Lab at the top of page 524 in your textbook. Writeyour answers below.

1. What kind of angle is formed where the three vertices meet?

2. Repeat the activity with another triangle. Make a conjecture about thesum of the measures of the angles of any triangle.

Read the Lesson3. How can you indicate that two sides of a triangle are congruent?

4. Write the following equation in words: m�1 � m�2 � m�3 � 180�.

5. If you know the measures of two angles of a triangle, how can you findthe measure of the third angle?

Remember What You Learned6. Complete the table to help you remember the ways to classify triangles.

Classified by Angles or Sides

angles

Type of Triangle

sides

acute

obtuse

Description

no congruent sides

1 right angle

isosceles

equilateral

6MG2.2, 6MG2.3

Page 35: Chapter 10 Resource Masters - MHSchooliv Teacher’s Guide to Using the Chapter 10 Resource Masters The Chapter 10 Resource Mastersincludes the core materials needed for Chapter 10.These

Exercises

NAME ________________________________________ DATE ______________ PERIOD _____

Study Guide and InterventionTriangles

Chapter 10 29 Glencoe California Mathematics, Grade 6

Less

on

10–

4Cop

yrig

ht ©

Gle

ncoe

/McG

raw

-Hill

, a

divi

sion

of T

he M

cGra

w-H

ill C

ompa

nies

, In

c.10-4

Find the value of x in �ABC.

x � 66 � 52 � 180 The sum of the measures is 180.x � 118 � 180 Simplify.

� 118 � 118 Subtract 118 from each side.x � 62

The missing angle is 62�.

Classify the triangle by its angles and by its sides.

The triangle has one obtuse angle and two sides the same length. So, it is an obtuse, isosceles triangle.

Find the missing measure in each triangle. Then classify the triangleas acute, right, or obtuse.

1. 2. 3.

Classify each triangle by its angles and by its sides.

4. 5. 6.

40˚

110˚ 30˚

60˚

70˚50˚

45˚

40˚ x˚43˚

x˚82˚

˚x75˚

Triangles can be classified by the measures of their angles. An acute triangle has three acute angles.An obtuse triangle has one obtuse angle. A right triangle has one right angle.

Triangles can also be classified by the lengths of their sides. Sides that are the same length arecongruent segments and are often marked by tick marks. In a scalene triangle, all sides havedifferent lengths. An isosceles triangle has at least two congruent sides. An equilateral triangle hasall three sides congruent.

A triangle is a figure with three sides and three angles. The symbol for triangle is �. The sum of the measures of the angles of a triangle is 180�.You can use this to find a missing angle measure in a triangle.

A

B

C

66˚

˚x52˚

120˚

Example 1

Example 2

6MG2.2, 6MG2.3

Page 36: Chapter 10 Resource Masters - MHSchooliv Teacher’s Guide to Using the Chapter 10 Resource Masters The Chapter 10 Resource Mastersincludes the core materials needed for Chapter 10.These

NAME ________________________________________ DATE ______________ PERIOD _____

Skills PracticeTriangles

Chapter 10 30 Glencoe California Mathematics, Grade 6

Copyright ©

Glencoe/M

cGraw

-Hill, a division of T

he McG

raw-H

ill Com

panies, Inc.

10-4

Find the missing measure in each triangle. Then classify the triangleas acute, right, or obtuse.

1. 2. 3.

4. 5. 6.

7. 8. 9.

Classify each triangle by its angles and by its sides.

10. 11. 12.

13. 14. 15.

16. 17. 18.

27˚46˚

82˚

52˚

98˚

121˚40˚

19˚60˚

60˚

60˚

50˚

40˚114˚

37˚

50˚x˚

126˚ 22˚

x˚51˚

57˚

71˚

45˚x˚

65˚

x˚38˚

38˚

49˚

x˚24˚

36˚

81˚84˚x˚

6MG2.2, 6MG2.3

Page 37: Chapter 10 Resource Masters - MHSchooliv Teacher’s Guide to Using the Chapter 10 Resource Masters The Chapter 10 Resource Mastersincludes the core materials needed for Chapter 10.These

Find the value of x.

1. 2. 3.

4. 5. 6.

Find the missing measure in each triangle with the given angle measures.

7. 45°, 35.8°, x° 8. 100°, x°, 40.7° 9. x°, 90°, 16.5°

10. Find the third angle of a right triangle if one of the angles measures 24°.

11. What is the third angle of a right triangle if one of the angles measures 51.1°?

12. ALGEBRA Find m�A in � ABC if m�B � 38° and m�C � 38°.

13. ALGEBRA In �XYZ, m�Z � 113° and m�X � 28°. What is m�Y?

Classify the marked triangle in each object by its angles and by its sides.

14. 15. 16.

ALGEBRA Find the value of x in each triangle.

20. 21. 22.

2x˚ x˚

x˚7x˚

3x˚

2x˚ 2x˚

30˚ 30˚40˚

50˚25˚

60˚

60˚̊

41˚

37˚x˚

29˚

61˚̊

17˚

22˚

140˚ x˚

42˚ x˚

NAME ________________________________________ DATE ______________ PERIOD _____

PracticeTriangles

Chapter 10 31 Glencoe California Mathematics, Grade 6

Less

on

10–

4Cop

yrig

ht ©

Gle

ncoe

/McG

raw

-Hill

, a

divi

sion

of T

he M

cGra

w-H

ill C

ompa

nies

, In

c.10-4 6MG2.2, 6MG2.3

Page 38: Chapter 10 Resource Masters - MHSchooliv Teacher’s Guide to Using the Chapter 10 Resource Masters The Chapter 10 Resource Mastersincludes the core materials needed for Chapter 10.These

NAME ________________________________________ DATE ______________ PERIOD _____

Word Problem PracticeTriangles

Chapter 10 32 Glencoe California Mathematics, Grade 6

Copyright ©

Glencoe/M

cGraw

-Hill, a division of T

he McG

raw-H

ill Com

panies, Inc.

10-4

1. TAILORING Each lapel on a suit jacket isin the shape of a triangle. The threeangles of each triangle measure 47�,68�, and 65�. Classify the triangle by itsangles.

2. FLAGS A naval distress signal flag is inthe shape of a triangle. The three sidesof the triangle measure 5 feet, 9 feet,and 9 feet. Classify the triangle by itssides.

3. CARPENTRY The supports of a woodtable are in the shape of a righttriangle. Find the third angle of thetriangle if the measure of one of theangles is 23�.

4. MAPS The three towns of Ripon,Sparta, and Walker form a triangle asshown below. Classify the triangle byits angles and by its sides. What is thevalue of x in the triangle?

38˚

104˚ ˚x

Ripon

Sparta Walker

47 mi30 mi

30 mi

5. HIKING The figure shows the OakCreek trail, which is shaped like atriangle. Classify the triangle by itsangles and by its sides. What is thevalue of x in the figure?

61˚

78˚ ˚x

Rocky Peak

Meadow Trail Head

1.2 mi0.8 mi

1.1 mi

Oak Creek

6. LADDER The figure shows a ladderleaning against a wall, forming atriangle. Classify the triangle by itsangles and by its sides. What is thevalue of x in the figure?

66˚

˚x

9 ft

4 ft

6MG2.2, 6MG2.3

Page 39: Chapter 10 Resource Masters - MHSchooliv Teacher’s Guide to Using the Chapter 10 Resource Masters The Chapter 10 Resource Mastersincludes the core materials needed for Chapter 10.These

Triangle SumsThe measures of the angles of a triangle always add up to 180°. Thesides of a triangle also have a special relationship. In this activity,you will explore the relationships of the side lengths.Cut the strips of paper from the right side of this page. Use the 3specified strips for each problem. Tell if a triangle can be formedwith them. If so, tell what type of triangle it is.

1. 6 cm, 14 cm, and 14 cm 2. 6 cm, 6 cm, 14 cm

3. 6 cm, 8 cm, 14 cm 4. 3 cm, 3 cm, 6 cm

5. 3 cm, 6 cm, 8 cm 6. 6 cm, 6 cm, 8 cm

7. Look at your answers above. Choose any set of side lengths that form atriangle. Add the two shortest measures. Compare that sum with thelongest side length. Try this with all the triangles above. What conclusioncan you make about triangle side lengths?

8. Now look at the sets of side lengths that did not form triangles. Add thetwo shortest sides. Compare the sum with the length of the third side.What conclusion can you make about three lengths that do not make atriangle?

9. What rule can you give to test any three segment lengths to find out ifthe segments will form a triangle?

NAME ________________________________________ DATE ______________ PERIOD _____

Enrichment

Chapter 10 33 Glencoe California Mathematics, Grade 6

Less

on

10–

4Cop

yrig

ht ©

Gle

ncoe

/McG

raw

-Hill

, a

divi

sion

of T

he M

cGra

w-H

ill C

ompa

nies

, In

c.10-4 6MG2.2, 6MG2.3

Page 40: Chapter 10 Resource Masters - MHSchooliv Teacher’s Guide to Using the Chapter 10 Resource Masters The Chapter 10 Resource Mastersincludes the core materials needed for Chapter 10.These

Example Use the formula d � rt where d is distance, r is rate, and t is time to determine how far a car has traveled after 4 hours if

it is traveling at a rate of 65 mph.

NAME ________________________________________ DATE ______________ PERIOD _____

Chapter 10 34 Glencoe California Mathematics, Grade 6

Copyright ©

Glencoe/M

cGraw

-Hill, a division of T

he McG

raw-H

ill Com

panies, Inc.

10-5

Logical reasoning is a method of problem solving that uses inductive reasoning, making a rule afterseeing several examples or deducting reasoning, use a rule to make a decision.

Explore You know the car has traveled for 4 hours at 65 mph.Plan Try a few examples to find a pattern. Make a table.

Solve

After each hour the car has traveled 65 more miles. So after 4 hours the carwill have traveled 260 miles.

Examine The formula is d � rt so d � 65 � 4 or 260 mi.

Hours Passed Distance Traveled(in miles)

1 651.5 97.52 130

2.5 162.53 195t 65t

Solve the following problems using logical reasoning.

1. TRAVEL Use the formula d � rt where d is the distance, r is the rate, andt is the time to determine how far the Moralez family has traveled if theyare driving at a rate of 72 miles per hour for 9 hours.

2. CELL PHONES Determine the cost per phone call if Maria made 30 callslast month and her total bill for the month was $45.00.

3. MUSIC Sarah, Juan, and Derrick play the piano, trumpet, and violin, butnot necessarily in that order. Sarah and Derrick sit on either side of thetrumpet player. Sarah does not play the violin. Who plays the violin?

Exercises

6MR1.2, 6MG2.3Study Guide and InterventionProblem-Solving Investigation: Use Logical Reasoning

Page 41: Chapter 10 Resource Masters - MHSchooliv Teacher’s Guide to Using the Chapter 10 Resource Masters The Chapter 10 Resource Mastersincludes the core materials needed for Chapter 10.These

Use logical reasoning to solve.

1. GEOMETRY Draw several squares and measure their interior angles. Whatcan you conclude about the measures of the angles of a square? Did youuse inductive or deductive reasoning?

2. MONEY Luke is investing money in a savings account. Use the formula I � Prt where I is the amount of interest earned, P is the principalamount of money invested, r is the interest rate, and t is the length oftime the money is invested. If Luke invests 500 at 5% interest for 1 year,how much interest will he earn? Did you use inductive or deductivereasoning?

3. PATTERNS Write a rule to represent the pattern shown below. Did you useinductive or deductive reasoning? 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, …

4. STUDENT COUNCIL Chen, Sue and Jacob are president, vice president andsecretary of the student council, not necessarily in that order. Chen andthe vice president stayed after school with Jacob to plan a dance. Chen isnot the president. Who is the president?

5. GEOMETRY Draw several parallelograms and measure their sides. Whatcan you conclude about the measures of the opposite sides of aparallelogram? Did you use inductive or deductive reasoning?

6. TRAVEL Use the formula D � rt where D is the distance, r is the rate, andt is the time to determine how far Lucinda traveled if she drove 65 milesper hour for 6 hours without stopping. Did you use inductive or deductivereasoning?

NAME ________________________________________ DATE ______________ PERIOD _____

Chapter 10 35 Glencoe California Mathematics, Grade 6

Less

on

10–

5

Cop

yrig

ht ©

Gle

ncoe

/McG

raw

-Hill

, a

divi

sion

of T

he M

cGra

w-H

ill C

ompa

nies

, In

c.10-5 6MR1.2, 6MG2.3Skills Practice

Problem-Solving Investigation: Use Logical Reasoning

Page 42: Chapter 10 Resource Masters - MHSchooliv Teacher’s Guide to Using the Chapter 10 Resource Masters The Chapter 10 Resource Mastersincludes the core materials needed for Chapter 10.These

Select the Operation

Mixed Problem Solving

For Exercises 1 and 2, use logicalreasoning to solve the problem.

1. TOWNS Tia, Bianca, and Hiroko live inthe towns of Parkside, Westlake, andSummerville, but not necessarily in thatorder. Tia and her friend that lives inWestlake helped Bianca with her chores.Bianca does not live in Parkside. Wheredoes Tia live? Did you use inductive ordeductive reasoning?

2. GEOMETRY Draw a right triangle. Markthe midpoints of each side of thetriangle and draw a smaller triangle byconnecting the midpoints. Do thisseveral more times. What can youconclude about the smaller triangle? Did you use inductive or deductivereasoning?

Use any strategy to solve Exercises 3and 4. Some strategies are shown below.

3. ANGLES One angle of a triangle is 33°less than the other two angles. Find themeasures of the angles of the triangle.Did you use inductive or deductivereasoning?

4. METEORITES An astronomer found threemeteorites weighing 9.4 pounds, 5.7pounds, and 24.5 pounds. If 1 kilogramweighs 2.2 pounds, find the averagemass of the meteorites in kilograms.

For Exercises 5 and 6, select theappropriate operation(s) to solve theproblems. Justify your selections andsolve the problem.

5. PUBLIC TRANSPORTATION A bus stoppedat a bus stop and 12 people got on and 5 got off. At the next stop, 14 people goton and 3 got off. If the number ofpassengers has doubled, find thenumber of passengers on the bus.

6. DISCOUNTS The table shows thedifferent discounts two stores offer forthe same product. Which store offers thebetter price after the discount is appliedand by how much?

NAME ________________________________________ DATE ______________ PERIOD _____

Chapter 10 36 Glencoe California Mathematics, Grade 6

Copyright ©

Glencoe/M

cGraw

-Hill, a division of T

he McG

raw-H

ill Com

panies, Inc.

10-5

PROBLEM-SOLVING STRATEGIES

• Use the four-step plan.

• Look for a pattern.

• Use a graph.

• Use logical reasoning.

Price DiscountStore A $129.00 $25Store B $139.00 25%

6MR1.2, 6MG2.3PracticeProblem-Solving Investigation: Use Logical Reasoning

Page 43: Chapter 10 Resource Masters - MHSchooliv Teacher’s Guide to Using the Chapter 10 Resource Masters The Chapter 10 Resource Mastersincludes the core materials needed for Chapter 10.These

NAME ________________________________________ DATE ______________ PERIOD _____

Chapter 10 37 Glencoe California Mathematics, Grade 6

Less

on

10–

5

Cop

yrig

ht ©

Gle

ncoe

/McG

raw

-Hill

, a

divi

sion

of T

he M

cGra

w-H

ill C

ompa

nies

, In

c.10-5

1. PHYSICS A ball is dropped from a heightof 40 feet. If the ball bounces �

12

� as highon each successive bounce, what is theheight on the fourth bounce?

2. RECIPES Shawn is making a cake. Heneeds a total of 3�

14

� cups of flour. If hehas already added 2�

12

� cups, how muchmore does he need to add?A 2 cups C �

12

� cup

B 1 cup D �34

� cup

3. GEOMETRY Draw several pentagonsand measure their interior angles.What can you conclude about the sumof the measures of the angles of apentagon? Did you use inductive ordeductive reasoning?

4. PATTERNS Find the next three terms is the sequence.2, 5, 9, 14, …

5. WORK The table below shows howmuch Lu got paid based on the numberof hours she babysat. Predict her payfor 7 hours.

6. GEOMETRY Use the formula V � Bhwhere V is the volume of a cylinder,B is the area of the base and h is theheight of the cylinder to find thevolume of the cylinder below.

B = 3.5 in2

h = 8 in

7. FRAMING A photograph is 8 in. by 10 in. and is to be surrounded by a matthat is 1.5 in. all around. What will bethe dimensions of the picture and mattogether?

8. SCHOOL Students filled out a surveyabout their favorite school subjects. Theresults are shown in the bar graphbelow. How many more students listedEnglish as their favorite subject thanmath?

SocialStudies

Math English Science

20

10

0

3025

15

5

Number of hours Pay1 $52 $103 $154 $20

6MR1.2, 6MG2.3Word Problem PracticeProblem-Solving Investigation: Use Logical Reasoning

Page 44: Chapter 10 Resource Masters - MHSchooliv Teacher’s Guide to Using the Chapter 10 Resource Masters The Chapter 10 Resource Mastersincludes the core materials needed for Chapter 10.These

NAME ________________________________________ DATE ______________ PERIOD _____

Lesson Reading Guide Quadrilaterals

Chapter 10 38 Glencoe California Mathematics, Grade 6

Copyright ©

Glencoe/M

cGraw

-Hill, a division of T

he McG

raw-H

ill Com

panies, Inc.

10-6

Get Ready for the LessonRead the introduction at the top of page 533 in your textbook.Write your answers below.

1. Describe the angles inside the four-sided figure.

2. Which sides of the figure appear to be parallel?

3. Which sides appear to be congruent?

Read the Lesson4. In the diagram of quadrilaterals on page 533, what do the arrowheads on

the parallelogram and trapezoid indicate?

5. Why are all the figures on the page called quadrilaterals?

6. How is a trapezoid different from a rhombus, a square, and a rectangle?

7. In the diagrams of the parallelogram, rhombus, square, and rectangle,how do you know that certain sides are congruent?

Remember What You Learned8. Work with a partner. Take turns drawing quadrilaterals. Have the other

person give all possible names for the quadrilateral. Then decide on thebest name for the quadrilateral. For example, if one person draws asquare, the other person should say that it is a quadrilateral, aparallelogram, a rectangle, and a rhombus, but the best name for thefigure is a square.

6MG2.3

Page 45: Chapter 10 Resource Masters - MHSchooliv Teacher’s Guide to Using the Chapter 10 Resource Masters The Chapter 10 Resource Mastersincludes the core materials needed for Chapter 10.These

Example

Exercises

Quadrilaterals can be classified using their angles and sides. The best description of a quadrilateral isthe one that is the most specific.

Examples

NAME ________________________________________ DATE ______________ PERIOD _____

Study Guide and InterventionQuadrilaterals

Chapter 10 39 Glencoe California Mathematics, Grade 6

Less

on

10–

6

Cop

yrig

ht ©

Gle

ncoe

/McG

raw

-Hill

, a

divi

sion

of T

he M

cGra

w-H

ill C

ompa

nies

, In

c.10-6

Classify the quadrilateral using the name that best describes it.

a The quadrilateral is a parallelogram with 4 congruent sides. It is a rhombus.

b The quadrilateral has one pair of parallel sides.It is a trapezoid.

c The quadrilateral is a parallelogram with 4 right angles.It is a rectangle.

Find the missing measure in the quadrilateral.

100 � 110 � 60 � x � 360 Write the equation.270 � x � 360 Simplify.

� 270 � 270 Subtract 270 from x � 90 each side.

So, the missing measure is 90°.

Classify the quadrilateral using the name that best describes it.

1. 2. 3.

Find the missing angle measure in each quadrilateral.

4. 5. 6.

125˚

54˚

96˚x˚95˚

72˚

82˚

x˚135˚

88˚45˚

100˚

110˚

60˚

Rectangle

parallelogram with4 right angles

Trapezoid

one pair of parallelsides

Rhombus

parallelogram with4 congruent sides

Square

parallelogram with4 right angles and4 congruent sides

Parallelogram

opposite sides parallel and

opposite sides congruent

6MG2.3

Page 46: Chapter 10 Resource Masters - MHSchooliv Teacher’s Guide to Using the Chapter 10 Resource Masters The Chapter 10 Resource Mastersincludes the core materials needed for Chapter 10.These

NAME ________________________________________ DATE ______________ PERIOD _____

Skills PracticeQuadrilaterals

Chapter 10 40 Glencoe California Mathematics, Grade 6

Copyright ©

Glencoe/M

cGraw

-Hill, a division of T

he McG

raw-H

ill Com

panies, Inc.

10-6

Classify the quadrilateral using the name that best describes it.

1. 2. 3.

4. 5. 6.

7. 8. 9.

Find the missing angle measure of each quadrilateral.

10. 11. 12.

13. 14. 15.

64˚

77˚

99˚ 109˚

72˚

121˚

89˚

92˚ 64˚

x˚135˚110˚

75˚x˚

52˚

6MG2.3

Page 47: Chapter 10 Resource Masters - MHSchooliv Teacher’s Guide to Using the Chapter 10 Resource Masters The Chapter 10 Resource Mastersincludes the core materials needed for Chapter 10.These

Classify each quadrilateral using the name that best describes it.

1. 2. 3.

4. 5. 6.

ALGEBRA Find the missing angle measure in each quadrilateral.

7. 8. 9.

10. 11. 12.

Find the missing measure in each quadrilateral with the given anglemeasures.

13. 63.2°, 56°, 111.7°, x° 14. 31.7°, x°, 161.3°, 51.4°

15. x°, 122.4°, 53.7°, 90° 16. 83.7°, 137.2°, x°, 28.5°

17. ALGEBRA Find m�C in quadrilateral ABCD if m�A � 110°, m�B � 88°,and m�D � 55°.

18. ALGEBRA What is m�Z in quadrilateral WXYZ if m�W � 86°, m�X � 88°,and m�Y � 92°?

ALGEBRA Find the value of x in each quadrilateral.

19. 20. 21.3x˚ 3x˚

3x˚ 3x˚

60˚

60˚ x˚

x˚68˚ 65˚

x˚ x˚

152˚

x˚120˚

110˚60˚

125˚

130˚ 50˚̊

50˚̊ x˚126˚78˚̊

54˚̊

107˚96˚̊

80˚̊

NAME ________________________________________ DATE ______________ PERIOD _____

PracticeQuadrilaterals

Chapter 10 41 Glencoe California Mathematics, Grade 6

Less

on

10–

6

Cop

yrig

ht ©

Gle

ncoe

/McG

raw

-Hill

, a

divi

sion

of T

he M

cGra

w-H

ill C

ompa

nies

, In

c.10-6 6MG2.3

Page 48: Chapter 10 Resource Masters - MHSchooliv Teacher’s Guide to Using the Chapter 10 Resource Masters The Chapter 10 Resource Mastersincludes the core materials needed for Chapter 10.These

NAME ________________________________________ DATE ______________ PERIOD _____

Word Problem PracticeQuadrilaterals

Chapter 10 42 Glencoe California Mathematics, Grade 6

Copyright ©

Glencoe/M

cGraw

-Hill, a division of T

he McG

raw-H

ill Com

panies, Inc.

10-6

1. KITES A kite is shown below. What isthe best name to classify the shape ofthe kite? Explain.

2. MAPS A map showing the roadconnecting the towns of Pike, Hudson,Placid, and Alton is shown. The roadconnecting Pike and Hudson is parallelto the road connecting Alton andPlacid. What is the best name toclassify the shape of the roadsconnecting the four towns? Explain.

HudsonPike

PlacidAlton

N

3. ART A picture frame is shown below.What is the best name to classify theshape of the frame?

1 ft

1 ft

4. SCHOOL SUPPLIES The side view of aneraser is shown below. What is the bestname to classify the shape of theeraser?

5. PARTY The front of a birthday partyinvitation is shown below. Find themeasure of the missing angle.

60˚ 120˚

120˚ x˚PARTY!

6. TABLE The top of Mr. Bautista’s newcoffee table is shown below. Find themeasure of the missing angle.

60˚

120˚ 100˚

6MG2.3

Page 49: Chapter 10 Resource Masters - MHSchooliv Teacher’s Guide to Using the Chapter 10 Resource Masters The Chapter 10 Resource Mastersincludes the core materials needed for Chapter 10.These

NAME ________________________________________ DATE ______________ PERIOD _____

Enrichment

Chapter 10 43 Glencoe California Mathematics, Grade 6

Less

on

10–

6

Cop

yrig

ht ©

Gle

ncoe

/McG

raw

-Hill

, a

divi

sion

of T

he M

cGra

w-H

ill C

ompa

nies

, In

c.10-6

The Colormatch SquareTo work this puzzle, cut out the 16 tiles at the bottom of this page. The goal ofthe puzzle is to create a square so that the sides of any pair of adjacent tilesmatch. You are not allowed to rotate any of the tiles.

1. Complete the solution to the colormatch square puzzle below.

2. Find at least one other solution in which the A tile is in the upper leftcorner.

A D

PN

B G

L O

H

M

C

I KJ

FE

A

D

Whitesquaresmatch.

P

N

B

L

O

M

I

K

J

E

6MG2.3

Page 50: Chapter 10 Resource Masters - MHSchooliv Teacher’s Guide to Using the Chapter 10 Resource Masters The Chapter 10 Resource Mastersincludes the core materials needed for Chapter 10.These

NAME ________________________________________ DATE ______________ PERIOD _____

Lesson Reading Guide Similar Figures

Chapter 10 44 Glencoe California Mathematics, Grade 6

Copyright ©

Glencoe/M

cGraw

-Hill, a division of T

he McG

raw-H

ill Com

panies, Inc.

10-7

Get Ready for the LessonComplete the Mini Lab in your textbook. Write your answers below.

1. A�B� on the smaller rectangle matches E�F� on the larger rectangle.Name all pairs of matching sides in each pair of figures.

2. Write each ratio in simplest form.

a. �AE

BF�; �

FB

GC�; �

HD

GC�; �

EA

HD� b. �

RXY

S�; �

SY

TZ�; �

RXZ

T�

3. What do you notice about the ratios of matching sides.

4. Name all pairs of matching angles in the figures above. What do younotice about the measure of these angles?

5. MAKE A CONJECTURE about figures that have the same shape but not necessarily the same size.

Read the Lesson6. Write the statement �ABC � �DEF in words.

7. Write the statement �A � �D in words.

8. Suppose you know that two figures are similar, and that the followingcorresponding sides are proportional: side JK corresponds to side DE, andside KL corresponds to side EF. How would you write a proportion to findthe length of side KL if the lengths of all other sides are known?

Remember What You Learned9. Think of a real-life example that you could measure using indirect

measurement if you were given a miniature replica of your example.Explain how you could find an unknown measurement using known measurements of your example and the measurements of the replica.

6NS1.3

Page 51: Chapter 10 Resource Masters - MHSchooliv Teacher’s Guide to Using the Chapter 10 Resource Masters The Chapter 10 Resource Mastersincludes the core materials needed for Chapter 10.These

Exercises

Example 1

NAME ________________________________________ DATE ______________ PERIOD _____

Study Guide and InterventionSimilar Figures

Chapter 10 45 Glencoe California Mathematics, Grade 6

Less

on

10–

7

Cop

yrig

ht ©

Gle

ncoe

/McG

raw

-Hill

, a

divi

sion

of T

he M

cGra

w-H

ill C

ompa

nies

, In

c.10-7

If MNOP � RSTU, find the length of S�T�.

Since the two figures are similar, the ratios of their correspondingsides are equal. You can write and solve a proportion to find S�T�.

�UPO

T�� �

NST

O� Write a proportion.

�278�

� �n5

� Let n represent the length of ST. Then substitute.

7n � 28(5) Find the cross products.

7n � 140 Simplify.

n � 20 Divide each side by 7.

The length of S�T� is 20 feet.

Find the value of x in each pair of similar figures.

1. 2.

3. 4.

6 in.

5 in.

18 in.

B C

DA

F G

HE

x

9 yd

5 yd10 yd M N

OP

R S

TU

x

2 ft

4 ft

I

G

K

H

L

J

x

12 ft

3 m

5 m

A

B

F

C

D

E x

9 m

Figures that have the same shape but not necessarily the same size are similar figures. The symbol � means is similar to. You can use proportions to find the missing length of a side in a pair of similar figures.

For example �ABC � �DEF.Corresponding angles Corresponding sides

� A � � D �150� � �

48

� � �36

� B � � E

� C � � F

7 ft

5 ft

28 ft

M N

OP

R S

TU

4

3A

B

FC D

E

810

6

5

6NS1.3

Page 52: Chapter 10 Resource Masters - MHSchooliv Teacher’s Guide to Using the Chapter 10 Resource Masters The Chapter 10 Resource Mastersincludes the core materials needed for Chapter 10.These

NAME ________________________________________ DATE ______________ PERIOD _____

Skills PracticeSimilar Figures

Chapter 10 46 Glencoe California Mathematics, Grade 6

Copyright ©

Glencoe/M

cGraw

-Hill, a division of T

he McG

raw-H

ill Com

panies, Inc.

10-7

Find the value of x in each pair of similar figures.

1. 2.

3. 4.

5. 6.

Determine whether each pair of figures is similar. Justify youranswer.

7. 8.

24 m

40 m15 m

8 m

D

F

EA

C

B

7 cm

9 cm

14 cm

18 cm

15 in.

12 in.

20 in.

B C

DA

E F

GH

x

6 mm

4 mm

M

OQ N

P

R x

9 mm

10 cm

7 cm

21 cm

B C

DA

F G

HEx

12 ft

14 ftA

B

E

C F G

x

18 ft

H

D

7 m3 m

N

M

R

O

Q

P

x9 m4 ft

3 ft

A

B

F

C

D

E x

6 ft

6NS1.3

Page 53: Chapter 10 Resource Masters - MHSchooliv Teacher’s Guide to Using the Chapter 10 Resource Masters The Chapter 10 Resource Mastersincludes the core materials needed for Chapter 10.These

1. Which rectangle is similar to rectangle RSTU?

2. Which triangle is similar to triangle XYZ?

Find the value of x in each pair of similar figures.

3. 4.

5. 6.

7. FLAGPOLES Tasha wants to find the height ofthe flagpole at school. One morning, shedetermines the flagpole casts a shadow of 12 feet. If Tasha is 5 feet tall and casts a shadow of 3 feet, what is the height of theflagpole?

12 ft

x ft

3 ft

5 ft

4.2 mm1.5 mm

12.6 mm

x mm15 in.

8 in.24 in.

x in.

2 ft5 ft

7 ft

x ft 6 cm12 cm

12 cm

x cm

X

YZ

30 24 PR

T10 14

C

F

HGB

A32 3526 28

R S

TU

3

5

A B

CD

5

5

E FM N

Q PGH

6 8

10 2

NAME ________________________________________ DATE ______________ PERIOD _____

PracticeSimilar Figures

Chapter 10 47 Glencoe California Mathematics, Grade 6

Less

on

10–

7

Cop

yrig

ht ©

Gle

ncoe

/McG

raw

-Hill

, a

divi

sion

of T

he M

cGra

w-H

ill C

ompa

nies

, In

c.10-7 6NS1.3

Page 54: Chapter 10 Resource Masters - MHSchooliv Teacher’s Guide to Using the Chapter 10 Resource Masters The Chapter 10 Resource Mastersincludes the core materials needed for Chapter 10.These

NAME ________________________________________ DATE ______________ PERIOD _____

Word Problem PracticeSimilar Figures

Chapter 10 48 Glencoe California Mathematics, Grade 6

Copyright ©

Glencoe/M

cGraw

-Hill, a division of T

he McG

raw-H

ill Com

panies, Inc.

10-7

MODEL CARS For Exercises 1 and 2, use the following information. A scale model racing car is 11 inches long,3 inches wide, and 2 inches tall. The actual racing car is shown at the right.

PHOTOGRAPHY For Exercises 3–4, use the given information. James wants to enlarge a photograph that is 6 inches wide and 4 inches tall so that it fits into the frame shown.

30 in.

22 ft

1. How wide is the actual racing car? 2. How tall is the actual racing car?

3. How tall must the frame be for thepicture to fit?

4. Suppose James cuts 1 inch from the width of the photo, so that it is 5 inches wide, before he makes theenlargement. How tall will the framehave to be for the picture to fit?

5. MAPS A map below shows the towns ofDover, Butler, and Lodi. If the actualdistance between Dover and Butler is24 miles, how far is it from Dover toLodi?

Lodi

ButlerDover

4 in.

3 in.

6. BLUEPRINTS A blueprint for a house isshown below. If the front of the houseis actually 30 feet wide, how tall is thehouse?

12 in.

14 in.

6NS1.3

Page 55: Chapter 10 Resource Masters - MHSchooliv Teacher’s Guide to Using the Chapter 10 Resource Masters The Chapter 10 Resource Mastersincludes the core materials needed for Chapter 10.These

NAME ________________________________________ DATE ______________ PERIOD _____

Enrichment

Chapter 10 49 Glencoe California Mathematics, Grade 6

Less

on

10–

7

Cop

yrig

ht ©

Gle

ncoe

/McG

raw

-Hill

, a

divi

sion

of T

he M

cGra

w-H

ill C

ompa

nies

, In

c.10-7

Similar Figures and AreasThe areas of two similar figures are related in a special way. Suppose that rectangle A is 2 units by3 units and rectangle B is 4 units by 6 units.

The area of rectangle A is 2 � 3 � 6 units2.

The area of rectangle B is 4 � 6 � 24 units2.

The lengths of the sides of rectangle B are twice those of rectangle A and the area of rectangle B is four times that of rectangle A.

Sketch figure B similar to figure A and satisfying the given condition.

1. Rectangle B has sixteen times the area of rectangle A.

2. Square B has an area that is 4 times that of square A.

3. Circle B has an area four times that of circle A.

Circle BCircle A

1.5

Square BSquare A

2

2

Rectangle BRectangle A

31

Rectangle BRectangle A

36

42

6NS1.3

Page 56: Chapter 10 Resource Masters - MHSchooliv Teacher’s Guide to Using the Chapter 10 Resource Masters The Chapter 10 Resource Mastersincludes the core materials needed for Chapter 10.These

NAME ________________________________________ DATE ______________ PERIOD _____

Lesson Reading GuidePolygons and Tessellations

Chapter 10 50 Glencoe California Mathematics, Grade 6

Copyright ©

Glencoe/M

cGraw

-Hill, a division of T

he McG

raw-H

ill Com

panies, Inc.

10-8

Get Ready for the LessonRead the introduction at the top of page 546 in your textbook. Writeyour answers below.

1. Find the difference between the shapes of the states in Group 1 and theshapes of the states in Group 2.

2. Why do most states have boundaries that are not straight line segments?

Read the Lesson3. How many straight lines can a polygon have?

4. What is a simple figure?

5. When you draw a figure, how can you tell whether or not it is closed?

6. How do you find the sum of the angle measures in a regular polygon?

7. In this lesson, the terms vertex and vertices are used. How are the termsrelated?

Remember What You Learned8. Using dot paper, draw a tessellation different from the ones shown in this

lesson. You can use all the same shape or you can use combinations ofshapes that form patterns. Share your work with your class.

6MR2.2 , 6AF3.2

Page 57: Chapter 10 Resource Masters - MHSchooliv Teacher’s Guide to Using the Chapter 10 Resource Masters The Chapter 10 Resource Mastersincludes the core materials needed for Chapter 10.These

Examples

Exercises

NAME ________________________________________ DATE ______________ PERIOD _____

Study Guide and InterventionPolygons and Tessellations

Chapter 10 51 Glencoe California Mathematics, Grade 6

Less

on

10–

8

Cop

yrig

ht ©

Gle

ncoe

/McG

raw

-Hill

, a

divi

sion

of T

he M

cGra

w-H

ill C

ompa

nies

, In

c.10-8

Determine whether each figure is a polygon. If it is, classify thepolygon and state whether it is regular. If it is not a polygon,explain why.

The figure has 5 congruent sides The figure is not a polygonand 5 congruent angles. It is a because it has sides that overlap.regular pentagon.

Determine whether each figure is a polygon. If it is, classify thepolygon and state whether it is regular. If it is not a polygon, explainwhy.

1. 2. 3.

4. 5. 6.

120˚

A polygon is a simple, closed figure formed by three or more straight lines. A simple figure does nothave lines that cross each other. You have drawn a closed figure when your pencil ends up where itstarted. Polygons can be classified by the number of sides they have.

A polygon that has all sides congruent and all angles congruent is called a regular polygon.

decagon10 sides

nonagon9 sides

octagon8 sides

heptagon7 sides

hexagon6 sides

pentagon5 sides

6MR2.2 , 6AF3.2

Page 58: Chapter 10 Resource Masters - MHSchooliv Teacher’s Guide to Using the Chapter 10 Resource Masters The Chapter 10 Resource Mastersincludes the core materials needed for Chapter 10.These

NAME ________________________________________ DATE ______________ PERIOD _____

Skills PracticePolygons and Tessellations

Chapter 10 52 Glencoe California Mathematics, Grade 6

Copyright ©

Glencoe/M

cGraw

-Hill, a division of T

he McG

raw-H

ill Com

panies, Inc.

10-8

Determine whether each figure is a polygon. If it is, classify the polygonand state whether it is regular. If it is not a polygon, explain why.

1. 2. 3.

4. 5. 6.

7. 8. 9.

Find the measure of an angle in each polygon.

10. regular 15-gon 11. regular 18-gon 12. regular 24-gon

Classify the polygons that are used to create each tessellation.

13. 14.

15. What is the perimeter of a regular pentagon with sides 8.4 inches long?

6MR2.2 , 6AF3.2

Page 59: Chapter 10 Resource Masters - MHSchooliv Teacher’s Guide to Using the Chapter 10 Resource Masters The Chapter 10 Resource Mastersincludes the core materials needed for Chapter 10.These

Determine whether each figure is a polygon. If it is, classify the polygonand state whether it is regular. If it is not a polygon, explain why.

1. 2. 3.

4. 5. 6.

Find the measure of an angle in each polygon if the polygon is regular. Round tothe nearest tenth of a degree if necessary.

7. dodecagon 8. 14-gon 9. 18-gon 10. 36-gon(12-sided)

Classify the polygons that are used to create each tessellation.

11. 12.

13. What is the perimeter of a regular decagon with sides 6.2 meters long?

14. Find the perimeter of a regular hexagon having sides 5�23

� inches long.

KITES For Exercises 15–17, use the following information. A kite manufacturer makes kites in the shape of the figure shown.

15. Classify the shape of the kite.

16. If �K � �T and �E � 30°, find m�K and m�T.

17. Can a tessellation be made by using the shape of the kite? Justify your answer.

K T

I

E

NAME ________________________________________ DATE ______________ PERIOD _____

PracticePolygons and Tessellations

Chapter 10 53 Glencoe California Mathematics, Grade 6

Less

on

10–

8

Cop

yrig

ht ©

Gle

ncoe

/McG

raw

-Hill

, a

divi

sion

of T

he M

cGra

w-H

ill C

ompa

nies

, In

c.10-8 6MR2.2 , 6AF3.2

Page 60: Chapter 10 Resource Masters - MHSchooliv Teacher’s Guide to Using the Chapter 10 Resource Masters The Chapter 10 Resource Mastersincludes the core materials needed for Chapter 10.These

NAME ________________________________________ DATE ______________ PERIOD _____

Word Problem PracticePolygons and Tessellations

Chapter 10 54 Glencoe California Mathematics, Grade 6

Copyright ©

Glencoe/M

cGraw

-Hill, a division of T

he McG

raw-H

ill Com

panies, Inc.

10-8

1. ROYALTY The outline of a crown wornby a king is shown below. Is the figurea polygon? If it is, classify the polygonand state whether it is regular. If it isnot a polygon, explain why.

2. ALCHEMY The symbol shown is one of the signs for salt alkali used in 17th-century chemistry. Is the symbol a polygon? If it is, classify the polygonand state whether it is regular. If it isnot a polygon, explain why.

3. JEWELRY The symbol shown is oftenused to represent gems. Is the symbol apolygon? If it is, classify the polygonand state whether it is regular. If it isnot a polygon, explain why.

4. SYMBOLS The 5-pointed star shown hassides of equal length. Is the symbol apolygon? If it is, classify the polygonand state whether it is regular. If it isnot a polygon, explain why.

5. STAIRS The figure shows a side view ofa set of stairs. Is the figure a polygon?If it is, classify the polygon and statewhether it is regular. If it is not apolygon, explain why.

6. TESSELLATIONS Identify the polygonsthat are used to create the tessellationshown in the figure.

6MR2.2 , 6AF3.2

Page 61: Chapter 10 Resource Masters - MHSchooliv Teacher’s Guide to Using the Chapter 10 Resource Masters The Chapter 10 Resource Mastersincludes the core materials needed for Chapter 10.These

NAME ________________________________________ DATE ______________ PERIOD _____

Enrichment

Chapter 10 55 Glencoe California Mathematics, Grade 6

Less

on

10–

8

Cop

yrig

ht ©

Gle

ncoe

/McG

raw

-Hill

, a

divi

sion

of T

he M

cGra

w-H

ill C

ompa

nies

, In

c.10-8

Tessellated Patterns for Solid ShapesTessellations made from equilateral triangles can be used to buildthree-dimensional shapes. In Exercise 1, you should get a shape likethe one shown at the right. It is called a pyramid.

Copy each pattern. Crease the pattern along the lines.Then follow directions for folding the pattern. Use tape to secure the folded parts. When you have finished each model,describe it in words.

1. Fold 5 over 1.Repeat, in this order:

fold 6 over 7,fold 2 over 6.

2. Cut between 4 and 5. Then fold 5 over 3.Repeat in this order:

fold 6 over 5,fold 7 over 12, andfold 2 over 9.

3. Cut between 1 and 2 and between 14 and 15. Then fold 15 over 14.Repeat, in this order:

fold 1 over 2,fold 4 over 3,fold 11 over 1,fold 16 over 5, andfold 12 over 13.

1

5 710

14

69 11

12 13 15

16

2

8

3 4

3

8 107 9

12

2

4

11

5 6

1

1

3 52 4

7

6

6MR2.2 , 6AF3.2

Page 62: Chapter 10 Resource Masters - MHSchooliv Teacher’s Guide to Using the Chapter 10 Resource Masters The Chapter 10 Resource Mastersincludes the core materials needed for Chapter 10.These

NAME ________________________________________ DATE ______________ PERIOD _____

TI-73 ActivityInterior Angles

Chapter 10 56 Glencoe California Mathematics, Grade 6

Copyright ©

Glencoe/M

cGraw

-Hill, a division of T

he McG

raw-H

ill Com

panies, Inc.

10-8

Use your calculator to explore interior angles of polygons. The sum of the measures of theinterior angles of a polygon with n sides is: Sum � (n � 2) � 180°.

If the polygon is regular, then the measure of each interior is this Sum divided by n, or �Sunm�.

Use and these formulas to complete the table below.

Step 1 Clear all lists. [MEM] 6

Step 2 Open the List feature.

Step 3 In L1, enter n, the number of sides.

Press after each value.

Step 4 In L2, enter the Sum of Interior Angles formula.

Highlight L2.

[TEXT] " Done [STAT] 1 2 180

[TEXT] " Done

Step 5 Highlight L3 and enter the formula for the measure of each angle.

[TEXT] " Done [STAT] 2 [STAT] 1

[TEXT] " Done 1. Check that the angle

measures for the octagon are correct by evaluating the expressions when n � 8.Do your calculations match the list values?

2. Describe the trends you see in the sum and the angle measure columns.

ENTERENTER

2nd2nd2nd2nd

ENTERENTER2nd

)2nd(2nd

ENTER

LIST

ENTER2nd

LIST

Name of Polygon Each Angle(Regular Polygon)

3 triangle 180° 60°

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

No. of Sides

Sum of InteriorAngles

Page 63: Chapter 10 Resource Masters - MHSchooliv Teacher’s Guide to Using the Chapter 10 Resource Masters The Chapter 10 Resource Mastersincludes the core materials needed for Chapter 10.These

NAME ________________________________________ DATE ______________ PERIOD _____

Lesson Reading GuideTranslations

Chapter 10 57 Glencoe California Mathematics, Grade 6

Less

on

10–

9

Cop

yrig

ht ©

Gle

ncoe

/McG

raw

-Hill

, a

divi

sion

of T

he M

cGra

w-H

ill C

ompa

nies

, In

c.10-9

Get Ready for the LessonComplete the Mini Lab at the top of page 553 in your textbook. Writeyour answers below.

1. Trace the horizontal and vertical path between corresponding vertices.What do you notice?

2. Add 5 to each x-coordinate of the vertices of the original figure. Thensubtract 2 from each y-coordinate of the vertices of the original figure.What do you notice?

Read the Lesson3. When translating a figure, what do you know about every point of the

original figure?

4. Can a figure be turned in a translation? Explain.

5. What notation is used to indicate the vertices of a translated figure?

6. Which figure is a translation of Figure 1—Figure 2 or Figure 3? Explain why one figure is a translation and why the other figure is not a translation.

Remember What You Learned7. Describe the translation given by the ordered pair (�7, 3). Think of a way

to remember which direction to translate when the x-coordinate of theordered pair describing the translation is negative.

1

2

3

7MG3.2

Page 64: Chapter 10 Resource Masters - MHSchooliv Teacher’s Guide to Using the Chapter 10 Resource Masters The Chapter 10 Resource Mastersincludes the core materials needed for Chapter 10.These

NAME ________________________________________ DATE ______________ PERIOD _____

Study Guide and InterventionTranslations

Chapter 10 58 Glencoe California Mathematics, Grade 6

Copyright ©

Glencoe/M

cGraw

-Hill, a division of T

he McG

raw-H

ill Com

panies, Inc.

10-9

Triangle ABC has vertices A(�4, �2), B(�2, 0), and C(�1, �3).Find the vertices of triangle ABC after a translation of 5 unitsright and 2 units up.

Add 5 to each x-coordinate. Add 2 to each y-coordinate.

The coordinates of the vertices of �ABC are A(1, 0), B(3, 2), and C(4, �1).

1. Translate �GHI 1 unit left and 2. Translate rectangle LMNO 4 units right5 units down. and 3 units up.

Triangle RST has vertices R(3, 2), S(4, �2), and T(1, �1). Find thevertices of RST after each translation. Then graph the figure andits translated image.

3. 5 units left, 1 unit up 4. 3 units left, 2 units downy

xO

T

R

S

y

xOT

R

S

y

xO

O N

L M

y

xO

H

IG

A translation is the movement of a geometric figure in some direction without turning the figure. Whentranslating a figure, every point of the original figure is moved the same distance and in the samedirection. To graph a translation of a figure, move each vertex of the figure in the given direction. Thenconnect the new vertices.

y

xO

B'

C'

A'

A

B

C

Vertices of �ABCVertices of �ABC (x � 5, y � 2)

A(�4, �2) (�4 � 5, �2 � 2)

B(�2, 0) (�2 � 5, 0 � 2)

C(�1, �3) (�1 � 5, �3 � 2)

A(1, 0)

B(3, 2)

C(4, �1)

Example

Exercises

7MG3.2

Page 65: Chapter 10 Resource Masters - MHSchooliv Teacher’s Guide to Using the Chapter 10 Resource Masters The Chapter 10 Resource Mastersincludes the core materials needed for Chapter 10.These

NAME ________________________________________ DATE ______________ PERIOD _____

Skills PracticeTranslations

Chapter 10 59 Glencoe California Mathematics, Grade 6

Less

on

10–

9

Cop

yrig

ht ©

Gle

ncoe

/McG

raw

-Hill

, a

divi

sion

of T

he M

cGra

w-H

ill C

ompa

nies

, In

c.10-9

1. Translate �ABC 5 units left. 2. Translate rectangle RSTU 2 units rightand 5 units up.

3. Translate �DEF 4 units left and 4. Translate trapezoid LMNO 5 units right4 units down. and 3 units down.

Triangle XYZ has vertices X(�4, 5), Y(�1, 3), and Z(�2, 0). Find thevertices of XYZ after each translation. Then graph the figure andits translated image.

5. 5 units down 6. 4 units right, 3 units down

Parallelogram RSTU has vertices R(�1, �3), S(0, �1), T(4, �1), andU(3, �3). Find the vertices of RSTU after each translation. Thengraph the figure and its translated image.

7. 3 units left, 3 units up 8. 1 unit right, 5 units upy

xO

y

xO

y

xO

y

xO

y

xOO

N

L

My

xO

D

F

E

y

xO

U T

R S

y

xO

B

A

C

7MG3.2

Page 66: Chapter 10 Resource Masters - MHSchooliv Teacher’s Guide to Using the Chapter 10 Resource Masters The Chapter 10 Resource Mastersincludes the core materials needed for Chapter 10.These

NAME ________________________________________ DATE ______________ PERIOD _____

PracticeTranslations

Chapter 10 60 Glencoe California Mathematics, Grade 6

Copyright ©

Glencoe/M

cGraw

-Hill, a division of T

he McG

raw-H

ill Com

panies, Inc.

10-9

1. Translate rectangle ABCD 3 units right 2. Triangle PQR is translated 3 and 4 units down. Graph rectangle units left and 3 units down.ABCD. Then the translated figure is

translated 6 units right.Graph the resulting triangle.

Triangle EFG has vertices E(1, 1), F(4, � 3), and G(�2, 0). Find thevertices of E�F�G� after each translation. Then graph the figureand its translated image.

3. 3 units left, 2 units down 4. 4 units up

5. SEATS Jatin was given a new seating assignmentin science class. The diagram shows his old seat and his new seat. Describe this translation in words and as an ordered pair.

REASONING The coordinates of a point and its image after atranslation are given. Describe the translation in words and as anordered pair.

6. A(1, �2) → A (3, 4) 7. H(3, 3) → H (�4, 0) 8. Z(�2, �4) → Z(1, �5)

Front of Classroom

OLD

NEW

y

xOG

F

E

y

xOG

F

E

y

xO

P

R

Q

y

xOD

A

C

B

7MG3.2

Page 67: Chapter 10 Resource Masters - MHSchooliv Teacher’s Guide to Using the Chapter 10 Resource Masters The Chapter 10 Resource Mastersincludes the core materials needed for Chapter 10.These

NAME ________________________________________ DATE ______________ PERIOD _____

Word Problem PracticeTranslations

Chapter 10 61 Glencoe California Mathematics, Grade 6

Less

on

10–

9

Cop

yrig

ht ©

Gle

ncoe

/McG

raw

-Hill

, a

divi

sion

of T

he M

cGra

w-H

ill C

ompa

nies

, In

c.10-9

MAPS For Exercises 1–4, use the map at the right. Maple St.

Blonde St.

Dodge St.

Pacific Ave.

Center Rd.

Harrison St.

Kens

ingt

on A

ve.

Elm

woo

d Av

e.

Dela

war

e Av

e.

Mai

n St

.

New

Yor

k Av

e.

Calif

orni

a Av

e.

N

1. Stanley’s school is located at the cornerof Center and Elmwood. The library islocated at the corner of Dodge andDelaware. Describe Stanley’s walk fromschool to the library as an ordered pairof the number of blocks.

2. After he goes to the library, Stanleygoes to his Aunt Jeanne’s house at thecorner of California and Harrison.Describe Stanley’s walk from thelibrary to his aunt’s house as anordered pair of the number of blocks.

3. If a bus picks up passengers at thecorner of New York and Maple anddrives 2 blocks south and 3 blocks west, where does the bus end up?

4. Organizers of a walkathon want to mapout a route that will lead people fromthe corner of Center and Kensington tothe corner of California and Maple.Write a coordinate pair that describesthe most direct route.

5. GEOMETRY The figure shows anoctagon plotted on a coordinate system.The figure is to be translated by 5 unitsleft and 5 units down. Graph thetranslated image of the figure.

y

xO

6. BANKS Clarissa is waiting in line at the bank. There are several people inline in front of her. Describe the pathClarissa must take to get to the front of the line if each time she moves up in line by one position is considered one unit.

tellers

Clarissa

7MG3.2

Page 68: Chapter 10 Resource Masters - MHSchooliv Teacher’s Guide to Using the Chapter 10 Resource Masters The Chapter 10 Resource Mastersincludes the core materials needed for Chapter 10.These

NAME ________________________________________ DATE ______________ PERIOD _____

Enrichment

Chapter 10 62 Glencoe California Mathematics, Grade 6

Copyright ©

Glencoe/M

cGraw

-Hill, a division of T

he McG

raw-H

ill Com

panies, Inc.

10-9

Chess MovesIn the game of chess, a knight can move several different ways. It can move twospaces vertically or horizontally, then onespace at a 90� angle. It can also move onespace vertically or horizontally, then twospaces at a 90� angle. Several examples of a knight’s moves are indicated on thegrid at the right.

1. Use the diagram at the right. Place a knight or other piece in the square marked 1. Move the knight so that it lands on each of the remaining white squares only once. Mark eachsquare in which the knight lands with 2, then 3, and so on.

2. Use the diagram below. Place a knight or other piece in the squaremarked 1. Move the knight so that it lands on each of the remainingsquares only once. Mark each square in which the knight lands with 2, then 3, and so on.

1

1

7MG3.2

Page 69: Chapter 10 Resource Masters - MHSchooliv Teacher’s Guide to Using the Chapter 10 Resource Masters The Chapter 10 Resource Mastersincludes the core materials needed for Chapter 10.These

Example

NAME ________________________________________ DATE ______________ PERIOD _____

Spreadsheet ActivityTranslations

Chapter 10 63 Glencoe California Mathematics, Grade 6

Less

on

10–

9

Cop

yrig

ht ©

Gle

ncoe

/McG

raw

-Hill

, a

divi

sion

of T

he M

cGra

w-H

ill C

ompa

nies

, In

c.10-9

You can use a spreadsheet to determine and graph the ordered pairs of a figure after atranslation.

Quadrilateral ABCD has the vertices A(2, 3), B(�1, 2), C(�2, �3),and D(3, �1). Use a spreadsheet to find the vertices of quadrilateral

A'B'C'D' after a translation 4 units left and 2 units up. Then use the spreadsheet to create a graph of ABCD and A'B'C'D'.

Step 1 Use Column A for the x-coordinates and Column B for the y-coordinates. Enter thenumbers using the formula bar. Then press ENTER to move to the next cell. Be sure toenter the coordinates of the first point again at the end of the list.

Step 2 In cell C1, enter an equals sign followed by �A1�4. Then press ENTER to return the x-coordinate of the new point.

Step 3 In cell D1, enter an equals sign followed by �B1�2. Then press ENTER to return the y-coordinate of the new point.

Step 4 To find the remaining new x-coordinates, click on the bottom right corner of cell C1 anddrag it to cell C5. Click on the bottom right corner of cell D1 and drag it to cell D5 to findthe y-coordinates.

The coordinates of A'B'C'D' are A'(�2, 5), B'(�5, 4), C'(�6, �1), and D'(�1, 1).

Step 5 To graph, highlight columns A and B through row 5. Press the Chart Wizard. Select XY(Scatter) and choose the graph with data points connected by lines. Press NEXT. Selectthe SERIES tab. Press the ADD button. In the X-Values bar, enter �Sheet1!$C$1:$C$5. Inthe Y-Values bar, enter �Sheet1!$D$1:$D$5. Press NEXT, NEXT, FINISH to display the graph.

Quadrilateral QUAD hasvertices Q(�2, 1), U(2, 4),A(3, �3) and D(�1, �1). Usea spreadsheet to find thevertices of Q'U'A'D' after atranslation of 2 units rightand 3 units down. Then use aspreadsheet to graph QUADand Q'U'A'D'.

A B C D E F G H123456789

10111213141516

2-1-23

32

-3-1

-2-5-5-1

54

-11

2 3 -1 5

Sheet 1 Sheet 2 Sheet 3

-8 -6 -4 -2 2 4Series 1Series 2

-4-3-2-10123456

Page 70: Chapter 10 Resource Masters - MHSchooliv Teacher’s Guide to Using the Chapter 10 Resource Masters The Chapter 10 Resource Mastersincludes the core materials needed for Chapter 10.These

NAME ________________________________________ DATE ______________ PERIOD _____

Lesson Reading GuideReflections

Chapter 10 64 Glencoe California Mathematics, Grade 6

Copyright ©

Glencoe/M

cGraw

-Hill, a division of T

he McG

raw-H

ill Com

panies, Inc.

10-10

Get Ready for the LessonComplete the Mini Lab at the top of page 558 in your textbook. Writeyour answers below.

1. Describe how you drew the reflection of your classmate’s name.

2. Explain why the line where the geomirror and paper meet is called theline of symmetry.

Read the Lesson3. Is the image of a reflection smaller, larger, or the same size as the

original figure?

4. In Example 4 on page 559, how can you tell that one image is a reflectionof the other across the x-axis?

5. Study the coordinates given in Examples 4 and 5 on page 559. How canyou tell how many units a vertex is away from the x-axis withoutgraphing it? How can you tell how many units a vertex is away from they-axis?

Remember What You Learned6. Work with a partner. Draw and cut out figures of regular polygons.

Demonstrate which regular polygons have lines of symmetry and whichdo not. Mark the lines of symmetry with dashed lines on the models.

7MG3.2

Page 71: Chapter 10 Resource Masters - MHSchooliv Teacher’s Guide to Using the Chapter 10 Resource Masters The Chapter 10 Resource Mastersincludes the core materials needed for Chapter 10.These

Exercises

NAME ________________________________________ DATE ______________ PERIOD _____

Study Guide and InterventionReflections

Chapter 10 65 Glencoe California Mathematics, Grade 6

Less

on

10–

10Cop

yrig

ht ©

Gle

ncoe

/McG

raw

-Hill

, a

divi

sion

of T

he M

cGra

w-H

ill C

ompa

nies

, In

c.10-10

Determine whether each figure has line symmetry. If so, draw alllines of symmetry.

no symmetry

Triangle DEF has vertices D(2, 2), E(5, 4), and F(1, 5). Find the coordinates of the reflected

image. Graph the figure and its reflected image over the x-axis.

Plot the vertices and connect to form �DEF. The x-axis is the line of symmetry. The distance from a point on �DEF to the line of symmetry is the same as the distance from the line of symmetry to the reflected image. The image coordinates are D(2, �2),E(5, �4), and F(1, �5).

For Exercises 1 and 2, determine which figures have line symmetry.Write yes or no. If yes, draw all lines of symmetry.

1. 2.

3. Triangle ABC has vertices A(0, 4), B(2, 1), and C(4, 3). Find thecoordinates of the vertices of ABC after a reflection over the x-axis. Then graph the figure and its reflected image.

y

xO

E'

D'

D

F'

F E

A type of transformation where a figure is flipped over a line of symmetry is a reflection. To draw thereflection of a polygon, find the distance from each vertex of the polygon to the line of symmetry. Plotthe new vertices the same distance from the line of symmetry but on the other side of the line. Thenconnect the new vertices to complete the reflected image.

Figures that match exactly when folded in half have line symmetry. Each fold line is called a line ofsymmetry. Some figures have more than one line of symmetry.

y

xO

Examples

Example 3

7MG3.2

Page 72: Chapter 10 Resource Masters - MHSchooliv Teacher’s Guide to Using the Chapter 10 Resource Masters The Chapter 10 Resource Mastersincludes the core materials needed for Chapter 10.These

NAME ________________________________________ DATE ______________ PERIOD _____

Skills PracticeReflections

Chapter 10 66 Glencoe California Mathematics, Grade 6

Copyright ©

Glencoe/M

cGraw

-Hill, a division of T

he McG

raw-H

ill Com

panies, Inc.

10-10

Determine which figures have line symmetry. Then draw all lines ofsymmetry.

1. 2. 3.

4. 5. 6.

Graph the figure and its reflection over the x-axis. Then find thecoordinates of the reflected image.

7. triangle ABC with vertices A(�3, 4),B(1, 4), and C(3, 1)

8. rectangle MNOP with vertices M(�2, �4),N(�2, �1), O(3, �1), andP(3, �4)

Graph the figure and its reflection over the y-axis. Then find thecoordinates of the reflected image.

9. triangle DEF with vertices D(1, 4), 10. trapezoid WXYZ with vertices W(�1, 3),E(4, 3), and F(2, 0) X(�1, �4), Y(�5, �4), and Z(�3, 3)

y

xO

y

xO

y

xO

y

xO

7MG3.2

Page 73: Chapter 10 Resource Masters - MHSchooliv Teacher’s Guide to Using the Chapter 10 Resource Masters The Chapter 10 Resource Mastersincludes the core materials needed for Chapter 10.These

Determine whether each figure has line symmetry. If so, copy thefigure and draw all lines of symmetry.

1. 2. 3.

4. 5. 6.

7. Graph �ABC with vertices A(2, 2), 8. Graph square ABCD with vertices B(5, 4),and C(5, 1) and its reflection over A( �1, 2), B(2, �1), C(5, 2), and D(2, 5)the x-axis. Then find the coordinates and its reflection over the y-axis. Thenof the reflected image. find the coordinates of the reflected image.

The coordinates of a point and its image after a reflection are given.Describe the reflection as over the x-axis or y-axis.

9. B(1, �2) → B(1, 2) 10. J(�3, 5) → J(�3, �5) 11. W(�7, �4) → W(7, �4)

y

xO

y

xO

NAME ________________________________________ DATE ______________ PERIOD _____

PracticeReflections

Chapter 10 67 Glencoe California Mathematics, Grade 6

Less

on

10–

10Cop

yrig

ht ©

Gle

ncoe

/McG

raw

-Hill

, a

divi

sion

of T

he M

cGra

w-H

ill C

ompa

nies

, In

c.10-10 7MG3.2

Page 74: Chapter 10 Resource Masters - MHSchooliv Teacher’s Guide to Using the Chapter 10 Resource Masters The Chapter 10 Resource Mastersincludes the core materials needed for Chapter 10.These

NAME ________________________________________ DATE ______________ PERIOD _____

Word Problem PracticeReflections

Chapter 10 68 Glencoe California Mathematics, Grade 6

Copyright ©

Glencoe/M

cGraw

-Hill, a division of T

he McG

raw-H

ill Com

panies, Inc.

10-10

1. FLAGS The figure shows a flag similarto the national flag of Denmark. Howmany lines of symmetry does the flaghave? Draw all lines of symmetry.

2. FLAGS The figure shows a flag similarto the national flag of Switzerland.How many lines of symmetry does theflag have? Draw all lines of symmetry.

3. INTERIOR DESIGN An interior designerhas been hired to decorate a room thathas the shape of a regular hexagon.Before beginning work, the designerstudies the symmetry of the room. Howmany lines of symmetry does the roomhave? Draw all lines of symmetry onthe figure.

4. ASTROLOGY The figure shows theastrological symbol for Sagittariusplotted on a coordinate system. Reflectthe symbol across the x-axis. Graph thereflected image.

y

xO

5. ARCHITECTURE A corporate plaza is tobe built around a small lake. Building 1has already been built. Suppose thereare axes through the lake as shown.Show where Building 2 should be builtif it will be a reflection of Building 1across the y-axis followed by areflection across the x-axis.

y

xO

Building 1

Lake

6. ARCHITECTURE Use the informationfrom Exercise 5. Suppose that a thirdbuilding is to be built as shown. Tocomplete the business park, showwhere a fourth building should be builtif it is a reflection of Building 3 acrossthe x- and y-axis.

y

xO

Building 1Building 3

Lake

7MG3.2

Page 75: Chapter 10 Resource Masters - MHSchooliv Teacher’s Guide to Using the Chapter 10 Resource Masters The Chapter 10 Resource Mastersincludes the core materials needed for Chapter 10.These

NAME ________________________________________ DATE ______________ PERIOD _____

Enrichment

Chapter 10 69 Glencoe California Mathematics, Grade 6

Less

on

10–

10Cop

yrig

ht ©

Gle

ncoe

/McG

raw

-Hill

, a

divi

sion

of T

he M

cGra

w-H

ill C

ompa

nies

, In

c.10-10

The Twelve Dot PuzzleIn this puzzle, a broken line made up of 5 segments must pass through each of 12 dots. The line cannot go through a dot more than once, although it may intersect itself. The line must start at one dot and end at a different dot.

One solution to this puzzle is shown at the right. Two solutions to the puzzle are not “different” if one is just a reflection or rotation of the other.

Find 18 other solutions.

1. 2. 3.

4. 5. 6.

7. 8. 9.

10. 11. 12.

13. 14. 15.

16. 17. 18.

7MG3.2

Page 76: Chapter 10 Resource Masters - MHSchooliv Teacher’s Guide to Using the Chapter 10 Resource Masters The Chapter 10 Resource Mastersincludes the core materials needed for Chapter 10.These

Exercises

Example

NAME ________________________________________ DATE ______________ PERIOD _____

TI-73 ActivityLines of Symmetry

Chapter 10 70 Glencoe California Mathematics, Grade 6

Copyright ©

Glencoe/M

cGraw

-Hill, a division of T

he McG

raw-H

ill Com

panies, Inc.

10-10

Draw polygons on the calculator by entering the coordinates of the vertices. Use the DRAWfeature to check for vertical and/or horizontal lines of symmetry.

The vertices of a polygon are: (1, 2), (7, 2), (7, 4), (4, 7), and (1, 4). Draw thepolygon and tell whether it has vertical and horizontal lines of symmetry.

Step 1 Clear all lists.

[MEM] 6

Step 2 Enter the x-coordinates in L1. Enter the y-coordinates in L2. Repeat the first value at theend of each column.

Step 3 Create Plot1.

[PLOT] 4

[PLOT] 1

Step 4 Choose L1 and L2, if not already chosen.

[STAT] [STAT]

Step 5 Set the graph window and display the plot.

4

Step 6 Draw a vertical line through the polygon. Use the arrow keys to center the line.

4

This polygon has a vertical line of symmetry.

Draw each polygon on the calculator and find any vertical or horizontal lines ofsymmetry.

1. (1, 5) 2. (10, 3)(4, 1) (6, 6)(4, 9) (2, 3)

3. (5, 3) 4. (2, 6)(1, 1) (4, 1)(8, 1) (7, 1)(12, 3) (9, 6)

DRAW

ZOOM

ENTER2ndENTER2nd

ENTERENTER2nd

ENTER2nd

LIST

ENTER2nd

Page 77: Chapter 10 Resource Masters - MHSchooliv Teacher’s Guide to Using the Chapter 10 Resource Masters The Chapter 10 Resource Mastersincludes the core materials needed for Chapter 10.These

Pre-AP

NAME ________________________________________ DATE ______________ PERIOD _____

Student Recording SheetUse this recording sheet with pages 568–569 of the Student Edition.

Chapter 10 71 Glencoe California Mathematics, Grade 6

Cop

yrig

ht ©

Gle

ncoe

/McG

raw

-Hill

, a

divi

sion

of T

he M

cGra

w-H

ill C

ompa

nies

, In

c.

Read each question. Then fill in thecorrect answer.

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

7.

8.

9.

Record your answers for Question 10 onthe back of this paper.

A B C D

F G H J

A B C D

F G H J

A B C D

F G H J

A B C D

F G H J

A B C D

10

Ass

essm

ent

Page 78: Chapter 10 Resource Masters - MHSchooliv Teacher’s Guide to Using the Chapter 10 Resource Masters The Chapter 10 Resource Mastersincludes the core materials needed for Chapter 10.These

General Scoring Guidelines• If a student gives only a correct numerical answer to a problem but does not show how he or she

arrived at the answer, the student will be awarded only 1 credit. All extended response questionsrequire the student to show work.

• A fully correct answer for a multiple-part question requires correct responses for all parts of thequestion. For example, if a question has three parts, the correct response to one or two parts of thequestion that required work to be shown is not considered a fully correct response.

• Students who use trial and error to solve a problem must show their method. Merely showing thatthe answer checks or is correct is not considered a complete response for full credit.

Exercise 10 Rubric

NAME ________________________________________ DATE ______________ PERIOD _____

SCORE _____

Chapter 10 72 Glencoe California Mathematics, Grade 6

10 Rubric for Scoring Pre-AP(Use to score the Pre-AP question on page 569 of the Student Edition.)

Copyright ©

Glencoe/M

cGraw

-Hill, a division of T

he McG

raw-H

ill Com

panies, Inc.

Score Specific Criteria4 �J is correctly identified as an obtuse angle, and �M is correctly identified as an

acute angle. The polygon is correctly identified as a parallelogram. An accurateexplanation that the polygon can be used by itself to make a tessellation is given.The coordinates of the translated figure are correctly determined to be J�(�1, 0),K�(�2, �4), L�(0, �4), and M�(1, 0). The coordinates of the reflection are correctlydetermined to be J�(�3, 5), K�(�4, �1), L�(�2, �1), and M�(�1, �5).

3 The identifications and the coordinates of the translation and the reflection arecorrect, but the explanation is not complete or not given. ORThe explanation and the coordinates of the translation and the relection are correct,but one of the identifications is not correct. ORThe identifications and the explanation are correct, but a mistake is made indetermining the coordinates of one or two vertices of the translated or reflectedfigure.

2 The identifications and the explanation are correct, but either the translation or the reflection is incorrect. ORThe explanation, translation, and reflection are corrrect, but two or three of theidentifications are incorrect.

1 The identifications are correct, but the explanation, translation, and reflection areincorrect. ORThe explanation is correct, but the identifications, translation, and reflection areincorrect. ORThe translation is correct, but the identifications, explanation, and reflection areincorrect. ORThe reflection is correct, but the identifications, explanation, and translation areincorrect.

0 Response is completely incorrect.

Page 79: Chapter 10 Resource Masters - MHSchooliv Teacher’s Guide to Using the Chapter 10 Resource Masters The Chapter 10 Resource Mastersincludes the core materials needed for Chapter 10.These

1. The circle graph showshow Enzo spends his day.Which activity does he spend most of his time doing? 1.

Classify each pair of angles as complementary, supplementary,or neither.

2. 3. 2.

3.

Label the angles as vertical or adjacent.4. 5. 4.

5.3 42

1

145˚35˚

53˚37˚

Daily Activities

20%Entertainment

30%Sleeping20%

Working

10%Eating

5%Dining 15%

Other

Find the missing measure in each triangle. Then classifythe triangle as acute, right, or obtuse.

1. 2. 1.

2.

ALGEBRA Find the missing angle measure in each quadrilateral.

3. 4. 3.

4.

5. MULTIPLE CHOICE The first three rows in a theater have 24 seats, 28 seats, and 34 seats, respectively.If the fifth row has 52 seats, how many seats does the fourth row have?A. 38 B. 40 C. 42 D. 0 5.

114˚

73˚

112˚

x˚50˚

23˚

29˚x˚

55˚

62˚

Chapter 10 73 Glencoe California Mathematics, Grade 6

Chapter 10 Quiz 1(Lessons 10-1 through 10-3)

Chapter 10 Quiz 2(Lessons 10-4 through 10-6)

Ass

essm

ent

NAME ________________________________________ DATE ______________ PERIOD _____

SCORE _____

NAME ________________________________________ DATE ______________ PERIOD _____

SCORE _____

10

10

Cop

yrig

ht ©

Gle

ncoe

/McG

raw

-Hill

, a

divi

sion

of T

he M

cGra

w-H

ill C

ompa

nies

, In

c.

Page 80: Chapter 10 Resource Masters - MHSchooliv Teacher’s Guide to Using the Chapter 10 Resource Masters The Chapter 10 Resource Mastersincludes the core materials needed for Chapter 10.These

1. A photo that is 3 inches wide by 6 inches long will be resized to fit in a space that is 2 inches wide. How long will the resized photo be? 1.

Find the value of x in each pair of similar figures.

2. 3. 2.

3.Determine whether each figure is a polygon. If it is,classify the polygon and state whether it is regular. 4.If it is not a polygon, explain why.

4. 5. 5.

9 cm

2 cm

x3 cm

6 ft

3 ft1.5 ftx

1. Triangle ABC with vertices A(2, 4), B(3, �2), and C(�5, 1) 1.is translated 4 units left and 3 units up. What are the coordinates of B�?

2. Quadrilateral DEFG has vertices D(3, �1), E(7, �1), 2.F(8, �4), and G(1, �3). Find the vertices of D�E�F�G�after a translation of 2 units left and 6 units up.

3. Determine whether the figure at the right has line symmetry. Write yes or no. If yes, then draw all lines of symmetry. 3.

4. Triangle XYZ has vertices X(�10, 4), Y(�8, �2), and Z(�6, 0). 4.It is reflected over the x-axis. What are the coordinates of X�?

5. Parallelogram ABCD has vertices A(�3, 2), B(�1, 4),C(�1, �1), and D(�3, �3). Graph the figure and its reflection over the y-axis. Then find the coordinates of its reflected image.

5.

Chapter 10 74 Glencoe California Mathematics, Grade 6

Chapter 10 Quiz 3(Lessons 10-7 and 10-8)

Chapter 10 Quiz 4(Lessons 10-9 and 10-10)

NAME ________________________________________ DATE ______________ PERIOD _____

SCORE _____

NAME ________________________________________ DATE ______________ PERIOD _____

SCORE _____

10

10

Copyright ©

Glencoe/M

cGraw

-Hill, a division of T

he McG

raw-H

ill Com

panies, Inc.

y

xO

Page 81: Chapter 10 Resource Masters - MHSchooliv Teacher’s Guide to Using the Chapter 10 Resource Masters The Chapter 10 Resource Mastersincludes the core materials needed for Chapter 10.These

Write the letter for the correct answer in the blank at the right of each question.

1. MONEY The following circle graph shows where the United States government spends its money.On what do they spend the most money?A. Interest on Public Debt C. DefenseB. Social Security D. Health 1.

2. Angle 1 and angle 2 are supplementary.If m�1 � 27�, find m�2.F. 27� H. 73�

G. 63� J. 153� 2.

3. Determine which property is not a characteristic of a trapezoid.A. one pair of parallel sides C. need not have a right angleB. quadrilateral D. 4 congruent sides 3.

Classify each angle as acute, right, obtuse, or straight.

4. 5. 6. 4.

5.

6.Classify each pair of angles as supplementary,complementary, or neither.

7. 8. 7.

8.

Classify each triangle by its angles and by its sides.

9. 10. 9.

10.

Classify each quadrilateral using the name that best describes it.

11. 12. 11.

12.

48˚48˚110˚70˚

U.S. Money Expenditures

22%Interest

on PublicDebt

21%Health

16%Defense(Military)

16%Other

25%Social

Security

Ass

essm

ent

Chapter 10 75 Glencoe California Mathematics, Grade 6

10NAME ________________________________________ DATE ______________ PERIOD _____

SCORE _____Chapter 10 Mid-Chapter Test(Lessons 10-1 through 10-6)

Cop

yrig

ht ©

Gle

ncoe

/McG

raw

-Hill

, a

divi

sion

of T

he M

cGra

w-H

ill C

ompa

nies

, In

c.

Page 82: Chapter 10 Resource Masters - MHSchooliv Teacher’s Guide to Using the Chapter 10 Resource Masters The Chapter 10 Resource Mastersincludes the core materials needed for Chapter 10.These

Copyright ©

Glencoe/M

cGraw

-Hill, a division of T

he McG

raw-H

ill Com

panies, Inc.

NAME ________________________________________ DATE ______________ PERIOD _____

SCORE _____

Chapter 10 76 Glencoe California Mathematics, Grade 6

10 Chapter 10 Vocabulary Test

Choose the correct term to complete each sentence.

1. Degrees are the unit of measure for (angles, lengths). 1.

2. Two angles are (complementary, supplementary) angles if 2.the sum of their measures equals 90�.

3. A scalene triangle has (two, no) congruent sides. 3.

4. A rhombus is a parallelogram with (four, two) congruent sides. 4.

5. A pentagon is a polygon with (six, five) sides. 5.

6. A (tessellation, transformation) is a repetitive pattern of 6.polygons that fit together with no overlaps or holes.

7. A line of symmetry is used with a (translation, reflection). 7.

8. An (acute, obtuse) angle has a measure between 90� and 180�. 8.

9. Congruent angles have the same (sides, measure). 9.

10. A polygon is formed by (three, two) or more straight lines. 10.

Define each term in your own words.

11. parallel

12. indirect measurement

acute angle anglecircle graphcomplementary anglescongruent anglescongruent figuresdegreeshexagonindirect measurementline of symmetry

line symmetryobtuse angleoctagonparallelogrampentagonpolygonquadrilateralreflectionregular polygonrhombus

right anglesimilar figuresstraight anglesupplementary anglestessellationtransformationtranslationtrapezoidtrianglevertex

Page 83: Chapter 10 Resource Masters - MHSchooliv Teacher’s Guide to Using the Chapter 10 Resource Masters The Chapter 10 Resource Mastersincludes the core materials needed for Chapter 10.These

Write the letter for the correct answer in the blank at the right of each question.

1. The measure of an angle is 45�. Classify the angle.A. acute B. straight C. obtuse D. right 1.

2. ALGEBRA If �P and �Q are complementary and the measure of �P is 40°,what is the measure of �Q?F. 40° G. 50° H. 60° J. 140° 2.

3. What is the angle measure for a section in a circle graph that represents 25%?A. 9° B. 25° C. 90° D. 335° 3.

4. OLYMPICS The table shows the results of a student survey. On a circle graph of the data, which section would have an angle measure of 180�?F. Bobsled H. SkiingG. Skating J. Curling 4.

For Questions 5 and 6, classify each pair of angles.

5. 6. 5.

A. complementary F. complementaryB. supplementary G. supplementaryC. right H. rightD. no relationship J. no relationship 6.

7. Which figure is a polygon? A. B. C. D. 7.

8. Which figure is a regular polygon?F. G. H. J. 8.

9. Which pair of figures is similar?A. B. C. D. 9.

10. Find the value of x in the pair of similar figures.F. 4 H. 2G. 3 J. 1 10.

1234˚ 146˚

Ass

essm

ent

Chapter 10 77 Glencoe California Mathematics, Grade 6

10NAME ________________________________________ DATE ______________ PERIOD _____

SCORE _____Chapter 10 Test, Form 1C

opyr

ight

©G

lenc

oe/M

cGra

w-H

ill,

a di

visi

on o

f The

McG

raw

-Hill

Com

pani

es,

Inc.

Favorite WinterOlympic Events

Number of Students

Bobsled 12Skating 30Skiing 45Curling 3

7

3 4

546

3 2

3

4

23

13

53

663 3

4 2

6 cmx cm

2 cm

1 cm

Page 84: Chapter 10 Resource Masters - MHSchooliv Teacher’s Guide to Using the Chapter 10 Resource Masters The Chapter 10 Resource Mastersincludes the core materials needed for Chapter 10.These

11. Classify the quadrilateral using the name that best describes it.A. square C. trapezoidB. parallelogram D. rhombus 11.

12. Classify the triangle by its angles and by its sides.F. acute, equilateral H. obtuse, isoscelesG. right, equilateral J. obtuse, equilateral 12.

13. Classify the quadrilateral using the name that best describes it.A. rhombus C. squareB. rectangle D. trapezoid 13.

14. Which regular polygon can be used by itself to make a tessellation?F. pentagon G. octagon H. square J. decagon 14.

15. Find the coordinates of J� after �HIJ is translated 2 units down.A. (2, 4) C. (0, 5)B. (0, 2) D. (2, 3) 15.

16. Parallelogram ABCD with vertices A(�5, 2), B(�4, 4),C(�1, 4), and D(�2, 2) is translated 3 units right and 4 units up. What are the coordinates of A�?F. (�8, �2) G. (�2, 6) H. (2, 6) J. (3, 4) 16.

17. Find the coordinates of �T�U�V� with vertices T(2, 2), U(5, 4), V(5, 2) after a reflection over the y-axis.A. T�(�2, 2), U�(�5, 4), V�(�5, 2) C. T�(2, 2), U�(4, 5), V�(2, 5)B. T�(2, �2), U�(5, �4), V�(5, �2) D. T�(2, �2), U�(5, �4), V�(�5, �2) 17.

18. Choose the figure that shows all lines of symmetry drawn correctly.F. G. H. J. 18.

19. ART An artist is using right triangles in her design. If all the triangles have an angle measure of 24°, what is the measure of the third angle? A. 66° B. 76° C. 106° D. 156° 19.

20. BOOKS Brooke, Mia, and Orlando are reading a mystery, fiction, and comic book, but not in that order. Mia does not care for fiction books.Orlando does not read fiction or comic books. Which is a true pairing? F. Brooke, fiction H. Mia, fictionG. Brooke, mystery J. Orlando, comic book 20.

Bonus Name the regular polygon if the sum of the measures of the polygon is 1,440� and the measure of one angle is 144�. B:

y

xOH

I J

NAME ________________________________________ DATE ______________ PERIOD _____

Chapter 10 78 Glencoe California Mathematics, Grade 6

10 Chapter 10 Test, Form 1 (continued)C

opyright ©G

lencoe/McG

raw-H

ill, a division of The M

cGraw

-Hill C

ompanies, Inc.

Page 85: Chapter 10 Resource Masters - MHSchooliv Teacher’s Guide to Using the Chapter 10 Resource Masters The Chapter 10 Resource Mastersincludes the core materials needed for Chapter 10.These

Write the letter for the correct answer in the blank at the right of each question.

1. The measure of an angle is 95�. Classify the angle.A. acute B. right C. straight D. obtuse 1.

2. ALGEBRA If �W and �X are complementary and the measure of �W is 56°,what is the measure of �X?F. 34° G. 44° H. 104° J. 124° 2.

3. What is the angle measure for a section in a circle graph that represents 38%?A. 38° B. 68° C. 137° D. 322° 3.

4. OLYMPICS The table shows the results of a student survey. On a circle graph of the data, which section would have an angle measure of 48�?F. Bobsled H. SkiiingG. Skating J. Curling 4.

For Questions 5 and 6, classify each pair of angles.

5. 6. 5.

A. complementary F. complementaryB. supplementary G. supplementaryC. right H. rightD. no relationship J. no relationship 6.

7. Which figure is a polygon? A. B. C. D. 7.

8. Which figure is a regular polygon? F. G. H. J. 8.

9. Choose the pair of similar figures.A. B. C. D. 9.

10. Find the value of x in the pair of similar figures.F. 1.5 H. 2.5G. 2 J. 3 10.5 m

2 m 2 m 1 m1.5 m1.5 m

1 m

3 m 3 m

x m

2

8 4

1

69 5 4

34

4

52

13

10

5

12

12

Ass

essm

ent

Chapter 10 79 Glencoe California Mathematics, Grade 6

10NAME ________________________________________ DATE ______________ PERIOD _____

SCORE _____Chapter 10 Test, Form 2AC

opyr

ight

©G

lenc

oe/M

cGra

w-H

ill,

a di

visi

on o

f The

McG

raw

-Hill

Com

pani

es,

Inc.

BobsledSkatingSkiingCurling

Number ofStudents

Favorite WinterOlympic Events

3453012

136

4

Page 86: Chapter 10 Resource Masters - MHSchooliv Teacher’s Guide to Using the Chapter 10 Resource Masters The Chapter 10 Resource Mastersincludes the core materials needed for Chapter 10.These

11. Classify the quadrilateral using the name that best describes it.A. rhombus C. parallelogramB. square D. trapezoid 11.

12. Classify the triangle by its angles and by its sides.F. right, isosceles H. obtuse, isoscelesG. acute, isosceles J. acute, equilateral 12.

13. Classify the quadrilateral using the name that bestdescribes it.A. square C. parallelogramB. trapezoid D. rectangle 13.

14. Which regular polygon can be used by itself to make a tessellation?F. octagon H. equilateral triangleG. decagon J. circle 14.

15. Find the coordinates of H�after �HIJ is translated 5 units down.A. (�3, 5) C. (�8, �1)B. (�6, �3) D. (�3, �6) 15.

16. Parallelogram ABCD with vertices A(�3, �1), B(2, �1), C(1, �3), andD(�4, �3) is translated 4 units left and 8 units up. What are thecoordinates of C�?F. (�4, 8) G. (�3, 5) H. (�5, 5) J. (5, �3) 16.

17. Find the coordinates of �T�U�V� with vertices T(�1, 2), U(1, �1),V(�3, �2) after a reflection over the x-axis.A. T�(�1, �2), U�(1, 1), V�(�3, 2) C. T�(1, 2), U�(�1, �1), V�(3, �2)B. T�(1, �2), U�(�1, 1), V�(3, 2) D. T�(2, �1), U�(�1, 1), V�(�2, �3) 17.

18. Choose the figure that shows all lines of symmetry drawn correctly.F. G. H. J. 18.

19. ART An artist is using right triangles in her design. If all the triangles have an angle measure of 68�, what is the measure of the third angle? A. 22� B. 32� C. 112� D. 122� 19.

20. BOOKS Brenna, Leslie, John, and Wesley are reading a mystery (M),fiction (F), biography (B), and comic book (C), but not in that order. Brennadoes not like mystery, fiction, or comic books. Neither Leslie nor John likesmysteries. Leslie does not like comic books. Which is a true pairing? F. Brenna (F) G. Leslie (M) H. John (C) J. Wesley (B) 20.

Bonus Name the regular polygon if the sum of the measures of the polygon is 3,240� and the measure of one angle is 162�. B:

NAME ________________________________________ DATE ______________ PERIOD _____

Chapter 10 80 Glencoe California Mathematics, Grade 6

10 Chapter 10 Test, Form 2A (continued)C

opyright ©G

lencoe/McG

raw-H

ill, a division of The M

cGraw

-Hill C

ompanies, Inc.

y

xOH

I J

Page 87: Chapter 10 Resource Masters - MHSchooliv Teacher’s Guide to Using the Chapter 10 Resource Masters The Chapter 10 Resource Mastersincludes the core materials needed for Chapter 10.These

Write the letter for the correct answer in the blank at the right of each question.

1. The measure of an angle is 89�. Classify the angle.A. acute B. right C. straight D. obtuse 1.

2. ALGEBRA If �M and �N are supplementary and the measure of �M is 74�, what is the measure of �N?F. 16° G. 26° H. 106° J. 126° 2.

3. What is the angle measure for a section in a circle graph thatrepresents 47%?A. 47° B. 85° C. 169° D. 313° 3.

4. OLYMPICS The table shows the results of a student survey. On a circle graph of the data, which section would have an angle measure of 120�?F. Bobsled H. SkiingG. Skating J. Curling 4.

For Questions 5 and 6, classify each pair of angles.

5. 6. 5.

A. complementary F. complementaryB. supplementary G. supplementaryC. right H. rightD. no relationship J. no relationship 6.

7. Which figure is a polygon?A. B. C. D. 7.

8. Which figure is not a regular polygon? F. G. H. J. 8.

9. Choose the pair of similar figures.A. B. C. D. 9.

10. Find the value of x in the pair of similar figures.F. 1.5 H. 3.5G. 3 J. 14 10.

4

2

5

3

27 3

14 2510

12

21

Ass

essm

ent

Chapter 10 81 Glencoe California Mathematics, Grade 6

10NAME ________________________________________ DATE ______________ PERIOD _____

SCORE _____Chapter 10 Test, Form 2BC

opyr

ight

©G

lenc

oe/M

cGra

w-H

ill,

a di

visi

on o

f The

McG

raw

-Hill

Com

pani

es,

Inc.

Favorite WinterOlympic Events

Number ofStudents

Bobsled 12Skating 30Skiing 45Curling 3

117

9

35

4

7 m

2 m

2 m6 m

6 m 1 m

1 m3 m3 m x m

Page 88: Chapter 10 Resource Masters - MHSchooliv Teacher’s Guide to Using the Chapter 10 Resource Masters The Chapter 10 Resource Mastersincludes the core materials needed for Chapter 10.These

11. Classify the quadrilateral using the name that best describes it.

A. quadrilateral B. rhombus C. trapezoid D. parallelogram 11.

12. Classify the triangle by its angles and by its sides.F. obtuse, scalene G. right, isosceles H. right, scalene J. acute, scalene 12.

13. Classify the quadrilateral using the name that best describes it.A. trapezoid C. parallelogramB. rhombus D. square 13.

14. Which regular polygon can be used by itself to make a tessellation?F. octagon G. hexagon H. heptagon J. circle 14.

15. Find the coordinates of I� after �HIJ is translated 5 units down.A. (�1, �2) C. (�2, �2)B. (�2, 2) D. (�2, �1) 15.

16. Parallelogram ABCD with vertices A(�3, �1), B(2, �1),C(1, �3), and D(�4, �3) is translated 4 units left and 8 units up. What are the coordinates of B�?F. (�2, 7) G. (�2, 8) H. (2, 9) J. (10, �5) 16.

17. Find the coordinates of �T�U�V� with vertices T(�1, 2), U(1, �1), V(�3, �2) after a reflection over the y-axis.A. T�(�1, �2), U�(�1, �1), V�(�3, 2) C. T�(�1, �2), U�(1, 1), (�3, 2)B. T�(2, �1), U�(�1, 1), (�2, �3) D. T�(1, 2), U�(�1, �1), (3, �2) 17.

18. Choose the figure that shows all lines of symmetry drawn correctly.F. G. H. J. 18.

19. ART An artist is using right triangles in her design. If all the triangles have an angle measure of 58�, what is the measure of the third angle? A. 22° B. 32� C. 112� D. 122� 19.

20. BOOKS Brenna, Leslie, John, and Wesley are reading a mystery, fiction,biography, and comic book, but not in that order. Wesley does not likemystery, fiction, or comic books. Neither Leslie nor John likes mysteries.Leslie does not like comic books. Which is a true pairing? F. Brenna, fiction H. John, fictionG. Leslie, biography J. Wesley, biography 20.

Bonus Name the regular polygon if the sum of the measures of the polygon is 2,520� and the measure of one angle is 157.5�. B:

y

xOH

I J

NAME ________________________________________ DATE ______________ PERIOD _____

Chapter 10 82 Glencoe California Mathematics, Grade 6

10 Chapter 10 Test, Form 2B (continued)C

opyright ©G

lencoe/McG

raw-H

ill, a division of The M

cGraw

-Hill C

ompanies, Inc.

Page 89: Chapter 10 Resource Masters - MHSchooliv Teacher’s Guide to Using the Chapter 10 Resource Masters The Chapter 10 Resource Mastersincludes the core materials needed for Chapter 10.These

1. Draw an angle having a measurement of 180�. Then classify 1.the angle as acute, obtuse, right, or straight.

For Questions 2 and 3, name each angle in four ways. Then classify the angle as acute, right, obtuse, or straight. 2.

2. 3.

3.

4. MONEY For the following table, find the number of degrees for each section of a circle graph. Then make a circle graph of the data.

5. ALGEBRA If �R and �S are complementary and �S is 82°,what is the measure of �R? 4.

6. Find the value of x in the figure. 5.

6.

Find the value of x.

7. 8. 7.

8.

Classify each quadrilateral using the name that bestdescribes it.

9. 10. 9.

10.

11. Find the missing angle measure. 11.147˚

40˚ 90˚

37˚

53˚

28˚

35˚

98˚x˚

Bills in Circulation

JK

L2

B

A

C1

Ass

essm

ent

Chapter 10 83 Glencoe California Mathematics, Grade 6

10NAME ________________________________________ DATE ______________ PERIOD _____

SCORE _____Chapter 10 Test, Form 2CC

opyr

ight

©G

lenc

oe/M

cGra

w-H

ill,

a di

visi

on o

f The

McG

raw

-Hill

Com

pani

es,

Inc.

Bobsled 12Bobsled12

Type of Bills Number of Bills inCirculation (trillions)

$1 bills 6$5 bills 1

$10 bills 1$20 bills 4

Page 90: Chapter 10 Resource Masters - MHSchooliv Teacher’s Guide to Using the Chapter 10 Resource Masters The Chapter 10 Resource Mastersincludes the core materials needed for Chapter 10.These

12. Determine whether the pair of figures is

similar. Justify your answer. 12.

13. Find the value of x in thepair of similar figures. 13.

For Quesions 14 and 15, find the 14.measure of an angle in each polygon.

14. regular pentagon 15. regular octagon 15.

16. Triangle ABC has vertices A(1, 2), B(�2, 3), and C(0, �3).Find the vertices of �A�B�C� after a translation of 4 units right and 2 units up. Then graph the figure and its translated image. 16.

17. Point W (1, 3) is reflected to its image W� (1, �3). Describe the reflection as over the x-axis or y-axis. 17.

18. Draw all lines of symmetry for an equilateral triangle. 18.

19. ALGEBRA Find m�G in �FGH if m�F � 47° and m�H � 65°. 19.

20. FOOD For lunch Avery, Nathan, Alex, and Takara ordered tacos, a salad, fish sandwich, and pasta, but not in that order.Nathan does not like fish, tacos, or salad. Neither Alex nor Takara likes fish. Takara does not like tacos. Find the food that each person ordered. 20.

Bonus Can a regular polygon with an angle measure of 160� be used by itself to make a tessellation? Explain. B:

y

xO

4 ft6 ft 2 ft 3 ft

4 ftx ft

1 m 2 m

5 m

3 m

NAME ________________________________________ DATE ______________ PERIOD _____

Chapter 10 84 Glencoe California Mathematics, Grade 6

10 Chapter 10 Test, Form 2C (continued)C

opyright ©G

lencoe/McG

raw-H

ill, a division of The M

cGraw

-Hill C

ompanies, Inc.

Page 91: Chapter 10 Resource Masters - MHSchooliv Teacher’s Guide to Using the Chapter 10 Resource Masters The Chapter 10 Resource Mastersincludes the core materials needed for Chapter 10.These

1. Draw an angle having a measurement of 90�. Then classify the angle as acute, obtuse, right, or straight. 1.

For Questions 2 and 3, name each angle in four ways. Then classify the angle asacute, right, obtuse, or straight.

2. 3. 2.

3.

4. MONEY For the following table, find the number of degrees for each section of a circle graph. Then make a circle graph of the data.

5. ALGEBRA If �C and �D are supplementary and �D is 70°,

4.

what is the measure of �C? 5.

6. Find the value of x in the figure. 6.

Find the value of x.

7. 8. 7.

8.

Classify each quadrilateral using the name that bestdescribes it.

9. 10. 9.

10.

11. Find the missing angle measure. 11.

80˚

100˚

135˚x˚

42˚48˚

x˚88˚

29˚ x˚

46˚x˚

Bills in CirculationQ

R

S4

F

GH

3

Ass

essm

ent

Chapter 10 85 Glencoe California Mathematics, Grade 6

10NAME ________________________________________ DATE ______________ PERIOD _____

SCORE _____Chapter 10 Test, Form 2DC

opyr

ight

©G

lenc

oe/M

cGra

w-H

ill,

a di

visi

on o

f The

McG

raw

-Hill

Com

pani

es,

Inc.

Type of Bills Number of Bills inCirculation (trillions)

$5 bills 1$10 bills 1$20 bills 4

$100 bills 3

Page 92: Chapter 10 Resource Masters - MHSchooliv Teacher’s Guide to Using the Chapter 10 Resource Masters The Chapter 10 Resource Mastersincludes the core materials needed for Chapter 10.These

12. Determine whether the pair of figures is similar. Justify your answer.

12.

13. Find the value of x in the 13.pair of similar figures.

For Questions 14 and 15, find the measure of an angle in each polygon. 14.

14. regular hexagon 15. regular nonagon 15.

16. Triangle ABC has vertices A(1, 2), B(�2, 3), and C(0, �3).Find the vertices of �A�B�C� after a translation of 2 units left and 3 units up. Then graph the figure and its translated 16.image.

17. Point X(3, 5) is reflected to its image X�(�3,5). Describe the reflection as over the x-axis or y-axis. 17.

18. Draw all lines of symmetry for a square. 18.

19. ALGEBRA Find m�S in�STU if m�T � 59° and m�U � 70°. 19.

20. FOOD For lunch Avery, Nathan, Alex, and Takara ordered tacos, salad, fish sandwich, and pasta, but not in that order.Avery does not like fish, tacos, or salad. Neither Alex nor Takara likes fish. Takara does not like tacos. Find the food that each person ordered. 20.

Bonus Can a regular polygon with an angle measure of 135� be used by itself to make a tessellation? Explain. B:

y

xO

6 cm 4 cm

x

2 cm3 cm

2.5 cm

5 ft

3 ft

1 ft

3 ft

NAME ________________________________________ DATE ______________ PERIOD _____

Chapter 10 86 Glencoe California Mathematics, Grade 6

10 Chapter 10 Test, Form 2D (continued)C

opyright ©G

lencoe/McG

raw-H

ill, a division of The M

cGraw

-Hill C

ompanies, Inc.

Page 93: Chapter 10 Resource Masters - MHSchooliv Teacher’s Guide to Using the Chapter 10 Resource Masters The Chapter 10 Resource Mastersincludes the core materials needed for Chapter 10.These

1. Draw an angle having a measurement of 147�. Then classifythe angle as acute, obtuse, right, or straight. 1.

For Questions 2 and 3, name each angle in four ways.Then classify the angle as acute, right, obtuse, or straight.

2. 3. 2.

3.

4. MONEY For the following table, find the number of degrees for each section of a circle graph. Then make a circle graph of the data.

5. ALGEGBRA If �A and �B are supplementary and m�A�108.5°, 5.what is m�B?

6. Find the value of x in the figure. 6.

Find the value of x.

7. 8. 7.

8.

Classify each quadrilateral using the name that bestdescribes it.

9. 10. 9.

10.

11. Find the missing angle measure. 11.110˚ x˚

37˚ 32˚

37˚x˚

76˚

Bills in Circulation

C

E

D

6L

M N

5

Ass

essm

ent

Chapter 10 87 Glencoe California Mathematics, Grade 6

10NAME ________________________________________ DATE ______________ PERIOD _____

SCORE _____Chapter 10 Test, Form 3C

opyr

ight

©G

lenc

oe/M

cGra

w-H

ill,

a di

visi

on o

f The

McG

raw

-Hill

Com

pani

es,

Inc.

Type of Bills Number of Bills inCirculation (billions)

$1 bills 6,400

$2 bills 600

$5 bills 1,500

$10 bills 1,300

$20 bills 4,100

$50 bills 900

$100 bills 2,900 4.

Page 94: Chapter 10 Resource Masters - MHSchooliv Teacher’s Guide to Using the Chapter 10 Resource Masters The Chapter 10 Resource Mastersincludes the core materials needed for Chapter 10.These

12. Determine whether the pair 12.of figures is similar. Justify your answer.

13. Find the value of x in the pair 13.of similar figures.

For Questions 14 and 15, find the measure of an angle in each polygon. 14.

14. regular decagon 15. regular 18-gon 15.

16. Triangle ABC has vertices A(1, 2), B(�2, 3), and C(0, �4).The vertices of �A�B�C� after a translation are A�(�3, 5),B�(�6, 0), and C�(�4, �1). Describe the translation. 16.

17. Parallelogram WXYZ has vertices W(�1, 2), X(3, 2),Y(1, �1), and Z(�3, �1). Graph the figure and its reflected image over the y-axis. Then find the coordinates of the reflected image. 17.

18. Draw all lines of symmetry for a regular pentagon. 18.

19. ALGEBRA Find m�S in �STU if m�T � 19.8°and m�U � 65.4°. 19.

20. SPORTS Avery, Nathan, Alex, and Takara are on the following teams: basketball, swimming, soccer, and gymnastics, but not necessarily in that order. Neither Alex nor Nathan do gymnastics. Takara holds a record in swimming. Alex may play soccer next year. Who is on which team? 20.

Bonus Can a regular polygon with an angle measure of 120° be used by itself to make a tessellation? Explain. B:

y

xO

1 ft4 ft

3 ft

0.5 ft 2 ft0.75 ft

1.5 ftx

6 mm3 mm

5 mm2 mm

NAME ________________________________________ DATE ______________ PERIOD _____

Chapter 10 88 Glencoe California Mathematics, Grade 6

10 Chapter 10 Test, Form 3 (continued)C

opyright ©G

lencoe/McG

raw-H

ill, a division of The M

cGraw

-Hill C

ompanies, Inc.

Page 95: Chapter 10 Resource Masters - MHSchooliv Teacher’s Guide to Using the Chapter 10 Resource Masters The Chapter 10 Resource Mastersincludes the core materials needed for Chapter 10.These

Demonstrate your knowledge by giving a clear, concise solution toeach problem. Be sure to include all relevant drawings and justifyyour answers. You may show your solutions in more than one way orinvestigate beyond the requirements of the problem. If necessary,record your answer on another piece of paper.

1. a. Draw a figure that is a polygon and another figure that is not apolygon. Explain how the figures are different.

b. Explain how to classify triangles by the measure of their angles. Drawan example of each classification.

c. Describe at least four classifications of quadrilaterals. Draw anexample of each.

d. Is a trapezoid ever a rhombus? Explain your reasoning.

e. Explain what is meant by regular polygon.

f. Draw a right angle, obtuse angle, straight angle, and acute angle.Explain how the figures are different.

g. Draw an example of supplementary angles. Explain howsupplementary angles are different from complementary angles.

2. a. Explain why you think honeycombs are tessellated with hexagonsinstead of octagons.

b. Tile a rectangular area with squares. Then use at least twotranslations to create an Escher-like drawing. Explain each step.

3. a. Draw a figure that has two or more lines of symmetry. Draw all thelines of symmetry.

b. Draw a figure that has no lines of symmetry.

135˚135˚

90˚

120˚

120˚120˚

Ass

essm

ent

Chapter 10 89 Glencoe California Mathematics, Grade 6

10NAME ________________________________________ DATE ______________ PERIOD _____

SCORE _____Chapter 10 Extended-Response Test

Cop

yrig

ht ©

Gle

ncoe

/McG

raw

-Hill

, a

divi

sion

of T

he M

cGra

w-H

ill C

ompa

nies

, In

c.

Page 96: Chapter 10 Resource Masters - MHSchooliv Teacher’s Guide to Using the Chapter 10 Resource Masters The Chapter 10 Resource Mastersincludes the core materials needed for Chapter 10.These

1. GEOMETRY What is the area of the rectangle? (Lesson 3-6)

A 5 m2 C 7.14 m2

B 6.5 m2 D 13 m2 1.

2. Write �383�

as a decimal using bar notation. (Lesson 4-5)

F 24.2�4� G 0.24� H 0.2�4� J 0.2�4�2� 2.

3. Find 3�13� � 3�

29�. Write in simplest form. (Lesson 5-3)

A 6�14� B 6�

13� C 6�

59� D 7�

29� 3.

4. Write �23� as a percent to the nearest hundredth. (Lesson 6-8)

F 0.67% G 1.67% H 66.33% J 66.67% 4.

5. Estimate 26% of 319. (Lesson 7-3)

A 100 B 80 C 32 D 8 5.

6. COLLECTIONS Jamilla bought six new frog figurines to add to her collection. This is 24% of the previous number she originally owned. How many figurines did she originally have in her collection? (Lesson 7-5)

F 25 G 24 H 18 J 15 6.

7. What is the range of the data in the line plot?(Lessons 8-1)

A 45 C 15B 44.8 D 9 7.

8. ATTENDANCE The following set of data lists the number of students in the seventh-grade classes at Smith Valley Middle School: 25, 22, 23, 18, 21, 17. Find the median of the number of students in the seventh-grade classes. (Lesson 8-2)

F 20 G 20.5 H 21 J 21.5 8.

9. WEATHER The probability that it rains today is �1285�. Find

the probability that it will not rain today. (Lesson 9-2)

A 7% B 18% C 28% D 72% 9.

10. CLOTHES Bob bought 2 button-down shirts, 3 ties, 2 pairs of socks, and 3 pairs of pants. How many different outfits can Bob make with his new clothes, choosing one of each? (Lesson 9-3)

F 36 G 15 H 10 J 4 10. F G H J

A B C D

F G H J

A B C D

��

� � � ��

40 4241 4443 4645 47 48 49

50 51

� � ���

F G H J

A B C D

F G H J

A B C D

F G H J

A B C D

Part 1: Multiple Choice

Instructions: Fill in the appropriate oval for the best answer.

NAME ________________________________________ DATE ______________ PERIOD _____

SCORE _____

Chapter 10 90 Glencoe California Mathematics, Grade 6

10 Standardized Test Practice(Chapters1–10)

Copyright ©

Glencoe/M

cGraw

-Hill, a division of T

he McG

raw-H

ill Com

panies, Inc.

1.4 m

5.1 m

Page 97: Chapter 10 Resource Masters - MHSchooliv Teacher’s Guide to Using the Chapter 10 Resource Masters The Chapter 10 Resource Mastersincludes the core materials needed for Chapter 10.These

11. DECORATING How many different ways can 7 different candles be arranged in a line on a shelf? (Lesson 9-4)

A 42 C 5,040 B 840 D 40,320 11.

12. Out of 20 rolls of a number cube, Mark rolls a 4 five times.What is the experimental probability of rolling a 4? (Lesson 9-7)

F �210� H �

14�

G �15� J �

45� 12.

13. The measure of an angle is 135�. Classify the angle.(Lesson 10-1)

A acute C obtuseB straight D right 13.

14. SCHOOL Sam has his own small chalkboard similar in shape to the one at school. Find the missing measurement of Sam’s chalkboard. (Lesson 10-7)

F 1.1 H 2.2G 2 J 3.3 14.

15. Use the graph to tell what type of transformation is shown.(Lessons 10-9 and 10-10)

A translationB reflection over the x-axisC reflection over the y-axisD no movement 15.

16. How many ways can Antoine choose 3 music boxes from a collection of 20? (Lesson 9-5)

F 6 H 123G 60 J 1,140 16.

17. Find the third angle of a right triangle if the measure of one of the angles is 55°. (Lesson 10-4)

A 125 C 45B 80 D 35 17. A B C D

F G H J

A B C D

y

xOL'

M'

L

N'

MN

F G H J

4.4 ft

12.8 ft3.2 ftftx

A B C D

F G H J

A B C D

Chapter 10 91 Glencoe California Mathematics, Grade 6

Ass

essm

ent

10NAME ________________________________________ DATE ______________ PERIOD _____

Standardized Test Practice (continued)

(Chapters 1–10)

Cop

yrig

ht ©

Gle

ncoe

/McG

raw

-Hill

, a

divi

sion

of T

he M

cGra

w-H

ill C

ompa

nies

, In

c.

Page 98: Chapter 10 Resource Masters - MHSchooliv Teacher’s Guide to Using the Chapter 10 Resource Masters The Chapter 10 Resource Mastersincludes the core materials needed for Chapter 10.These

18. Find �35 (�5). (Lesson 2-8) 18.

19. Write the ratio 15.5 per 100 as a percent. (Lesson 4-6) 19.

20. Solve the proportion �35

� � �1x8�. (Lesson 6-4) 20.

21. FURNITURE Find the total price to the nearest cent of an office chair that costs $165 with a sales tax of 7%. (Lesson 7-8) 21.

22. Make a line plot of laundry detergent prices: 22.$5.50, $8.50, $7, $6, $5.50, $8, $6. (Lesson 8-1)

23. Omari’s assignment for art class is to complete 4 projectsfrom a list of 6. In how many ways can Omari do this if theorder in which he does them is not important? (Lesson 9-5) 23.

24. Classify the quadrilateral using the namethat best describes it. (Lesson 10-6) 24.

25. Triangle XYZ has vertices X(2, �1), Y(4, �3), and Z(1, �4). The translated figure �X�Y�Z� has vertices X�(�1, 4), Y�(1, 2), and Z�(�2, 1). (Lesson 10-9)

a. Graph the figure and its translated image. 25a.

b. Describe the translation. 25b.

c. Write the translation as an ordered pair. 25c.

y

xO

Part 2: Short Response

Instructions: Write answers to short response in the space provided.

NAME ________________________________________ DATE ______________ PERIOD _____

Chapter 10 92 Glencoe California Mathematics, Grade 6

11 Standardized Test Practice (continued)

(Chapters 1–10)

Copyright ©

Glencoe/M

cGraw

-Hill, a division of T

he McG

raw-H

ill Com

panies, Inc.

Page 99: Chapter 10 Resource Masters - MHSchooliv Teacher’s Guide to Using the Chapter 10 Resource Masters The Chapter 10 Resource Mastersincludes the core materials needed for Chapter 10.These

An

swer

s

pygp

Lesson 10–1

Cha

pter

10

9G

lenc

oe C

alifo

rnia

Mat

hem

atic

s, G

rade

6

Less

on R

eadi

ng G

uide

An

gle

Rel

atio

nsh

ips

Get

Rea

dy

for

the

Less

on

Rea

d t

he

intr

odu

ctio

n a

t th

e to

p o

f p

age

510

in y

our

text

boo

k.W

rite

you

r an

swer

s b

elow

.

1.N

ame

oth

er t

imes

in

wh

ich

th

e h

ands

of

a cl

ock

form

an

gles

les

s th

an 9

0°,e

qual

to

90°,

and

grea

ter

than

90°

.A

nsw

ers

will

var

y.

2.H

ow m

any

degr

ees

is t

he

angl

e th

at i

s fo

rmed

by

cloc

k h

ands

at

6:00

?18

0�

Rea

d t

he

Less

on

3.G

ive

thre

e po

ssib

le n

ames

for

th

e an

gle

show

n t

o th

e ri

ght.

�P

QR

,�R

QP

,or

�Q

4.D

raw

th

e co

rrec

t an

gle

un

der

each

hea

din

g.

Obt

use

an

gle

Acu

te a

ngl

e

Rig

ht

angl

eS

trai

ght

angl

e

5.F

ill

in t

he

blan

ks w

ith

th

e co

rrec

t an

gle

nu

mbe

r.

�an

d �

are

vert

ical

an

gles

.(o

r �

2 an

d �

4)

�an

d �

are

adja

cen

t an

gles

.(o

r �

2 an

d �

3,�

3 an

d �

4,�

4 an

d �

1)

Rem

emb

er W

hat

Yo

u L

earn

ed6.

Wor

k w

ith

a p

artn

er.H

ave

you

r pa

rtn

er d

raw

tw

o an

gles

.Ide

nti

fy t

he

type

s of

an

gles

you

r pa

rtn

er h

as d

raw

n.

An

swer

s w

ill v

ary.

21

31

P

RQ

10-1

NA

ME

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

DAT

E _

____

____

____

_P

ER

IOD

__

___

1 32

4

6MG

2.1

NA

ME

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

DAT

E _

____

____

____

_P

ER

IOD

__

___

Ant

icip

atio

n Gu

ide

Geo

met

ry:

Po

lyg

on

s

Cha

pter

10

7G

lenc

oe C

alifo

rnia

Mat

hem

atic

s, G

rade

6

pygp

Step

2

Step

1

ST

EP

1S

tate

men

tS

TE

P 2

A,D

,or

NS

A o

r D

1.T

he

poin

t w

her

e th

e si

des

of a

n a

ngl

e m

eet

is c

alle

d th

e A

vert

ex.

2.A

n o

btu

se a

ngl

e h

as a

mea

sure

les

s th

an 9

0°.

D3.

Tw

o an

gles

are

com

plem

enta

ry i

f th

e su

m o

f th

eir

mea

sure

s D

is 1

80°.

4.T

he

perc

ents

in

a c

ircl

e gr

aph

tot

al 1

00%

an

d th

e an

gle

Am

easu

res

wil

l to

tal

360°

.5.

Th

e su

m o

f th

e m

easu

res

of t

he

angl

es i

n a

tri

angl

e is

360

°.D

6.A

tri

angl

e is

cla

ssif

ied

as o

btu

se i

f on

e an

gle

in t

he

tria

ngl

e A

is o

btu

se.

7.A

ll r

ecta

ngl

es a

re q

uad

rila

tera

ls,b

ut

not

all

qu

adri

late

rals

A

are

rect

angl

es.

8.F

igu

res

that

are

th

e sa

me

shap

e an

d si

ze a

re c

alle

d si

mil

ar

Dfi

gure

s.9.

If t

wo

figu

res

are

sim

ilar

,th

en t

he

corr

espo

ndi

ng

angl

es a

re

Aco

ngr

uen

t.10

.A

pol

ygon

is

a tw

o-di

men

sion

al f

igu

re w

ith

fiv

e si

des.

D11

.A

fter

a f

igu

re i

s tr

ansl

ated

,th

e re

sult

ing

figu

re i

s th

e sa

me

Asi

ze a

nd

shap

e as

th

e or

igin

al.

12.

On

ly f

igu

res

wit

h a

t le

ast

one

lin

e of

sym

met

ry c

an b

e D

tran

sfor

med

by

a re

flec

tion

.

Bef

ore

you

beg

in C

ha

pte

r 10

•R

ead

each

sta

tem

ent.

•D

ecid

e w

het

her

you

Agr

ee (

A)

or D

isag

ree

(D)

wit

h t

he

stat

emen

t.

•W

rite

A o

r D

in

th

e fi

rst

colu

mn

OR

if

you

are

not

su

re w

het

her

you

agr

ee o

r di

sagr

ee,w

rite

NS

(N

ot S

ure

).

Aft

er y

ou c

omp

lete

Ch

ap

ter

10

•R

erea

d ea

ch s

tate

men

t an

d co

mpl

ete

the

last

col

um

n b

y en

teri

ng

an A

or

a D

.

•D

id a

ny

of y

our

opin

ion

s ab

out

the

stat

emen

ts c

han

ge f

rom

th

e fi

rst

colu

mn

?

•F

or t

hos

e st

atem

ents

th

at y

ou m

ark

wit

h a

D,u

se a

pie

ce o

f pa

per

to w

rite

an

ex

ampl

e of

wh

y yo

u d

isag

ree.

10

Chapter Resources

Answers (Anticipation Guide and Lesson 10-1)

Chapter 10 A1 Glencoe California Mathematics, Grade 6

Page 100: Chapter 10 Resource Masters - MHSchooliv Teacher’s Guide to Using the Chapter 10 Resource Masters The Chapter 10 Resource Mastersincludes the core materials needed for Chapter 10.These

NA

ME

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

DA

TE

___

____

____

___

PE

RIO

D

____

_

Skill

s Pr

actic

eA

ng

le R

elat

ion

ship

s

Cha

pter

10

11G

lenc

oe C

alifo

rnia

Mat

hem

atic

s, G

rade

6

Lesson 10–1

pygp

10-1

Cla

ssif

y ea

ch a

ngl

e as

acu

te,o

btu

se,r

igh

t,or

str

aig

ht.

1.2.

3.

ob

tuse

rig

ht

acu

te

4.5.

6.

stra

igh

to

btu

seac

ute

7.8.

9.

rig

ht

acu

te

ob

tuse

Est

imat

e th

e m

easu

rem

ent

of e

ach

an

gle

in d

egre

es.

10.

180°

11.

90°

12.

270°

Use

th

e fi

gure

at

the

righ

t to

an

swer

Qu

esti

ons

13–1

5.

13.

Nam

e th

e ac

ute

an

gles

.�

HJK

,�K

JL,�

LJM

14.

Nam

e th

e ob

tuse

an

gles

.�

HJL

,�H

JM

15.

Nam

e tw

o an

gles

th

at a

re a

djac

ent.

�H

JKan

d �

KJL

,�K

JLan

d �

LJM

or

�H

JKan

d �

KJM

,�H

JLan

d �

LJM

HJ

KL

M

6MG

2.1

NA

ME

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

DAT

E _

____

____

____

_P

ER

IOD

__

___

Stud

y Gu

ide

and

Inte

rven

tion

An

gle

Rel

atio

nsh

ips

Cha

pter

10

10G

lenc

oe C

alifo

rnia

Mat

hem

atic

s, G

rade

6

Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

10-1

Cla

ssif

y ea

ch a

ngl

e as

acu

te,o

btu

se,r

igh

t,or

str

aig

ht.

A.

Th

e an

gle

is l

ess

B.

than

90°

,so

it i

san

acu

te a

ngl

e.

Lab

el t

he

two

angl

es v

erti

cal

or a

dja

cen

t.

C.

Th

ese

angl

es a

re

D.

vert

ical

bec

ause

th

ey

are

oppo

site

eac

h o

ther

an

d fo

rmed

by

two

inte

rsec

tin

g li

nes

.

Cla

ssif

y ea

ch a

ngl

e as

acu

te,o

btu

se,r

igh

t,or

str

aig

ht.

1.2.

3.4.

Lab

el t

he

angl

es v

erti

cal

or a

dja

cen

t.

5.6.

7.8.

7 8

6

5

3

41

2

34

1 2

•A

n an

gle

has

two

side

s th

at s

hare

a c

omm

on e

ndpo

int.

The

poi

nt w

here

the

sid

es m

eet

is c

alle

d th

eve

rtex

.Ang

les

are

mea

sure

d in

deg

rees

,whe

re 1

deg

ree

is o

ne o

f 36

0 eq

ual p

arts

of

a ci

rcle

.

•A

ngle

s ar

e cl

assi

fied

acco

rdin

g to

the

ir m

easu

re.

•Tw

o an

gles

are

ver

tica

lif

they

are

opp

osite

ang

les

form

ed b

y th

e in

ters

ectio

n of

tw

o lin

es.

•Tw

o an

gles

are

ad

jace

nt

if th

ey s

hare

a c

omm

on v

erte

x, a

com

mon

sid

e, a

nd d

o no

t ov

erla

p.

Righ

t Ang

leAc

ute

Angl

eOb

tuse

Ang

leSt

raig

ht A

ngle

Exam

ple

1

Exam

ple

2

Exer

cise

s

ob

tuse

rig

ht

acu

test

raig

ht

Th

e an

gle

is g

reat

erth

an 9

0°,s

o it

is

anob

tuse

an

gle.

adja

cen

t

Th

ese

angl

es a

read

jace

nt

beca

use

th

eysh

are

a co

mm

on v

erte

x,a

com

mon

sid

e,an

d do

not

ove

rlap

.

�1

and

�3

are

verti

cal a

ngle

s.�

4 an

d �

2 ar

e ve

rtica

l ang

les.

�5

and

�6

are

adja

cent

ang

les

1 32

45

6

vert

ical

vert

ical

adja

cen

t

6MG

2.1

Answers (Lesson 10-1)

Chapter 10 A2 Glencoe California Mathematics, Grade 6

Page 101: Chapter 10 Resource Masters - MHSchooliv Teacher’s Guide to Using the Chapter 10 Resource Masters The Chapter 10 Resource Mastersincludes the core materials needed for Chapter 10.These

An

swer

s

NA

ME

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

DAT

E _

____

____

____

_P

ER

IOD

__

___

Wor

d Pr

oble

m P

ract

ice

An

gle

Rel

atio

nsh

ips

Cha

pter

10

13G

lenc

oe C

alifo

rnia

Mat

hem

atic

s, G

rade

6

Lesson 10–1

pygp

10-1

1.C

LOC

KS

Th

e ti

me

show

n o

n t

he

cloc

k is

11:

05.S

tart

ing

at t

his

tim

e,ap

prox

imat

ely

wh

at t

ime

wil

l it

be

wh

en t

he

han

ds f

orm

an

obt

use

an

gle?

11:1

5

2.A

IRPO

RT

Th

e ru

nw

ays

at a

loc

al

airp

ort

are

sket

ched

in

th

e fi

gure

.C

lass

ify

�1

and

�2

as a

cute

,obt

use

,ri

ght,

or s

trai

ght.

�1

is o

btu

se;�

2 is

acu

te

21

3.FO

UR

SQ

UA

RE

Lau

ren

,Jam

es,L

isa,

and

Lau

rett

a w

ere

play

ing

fou

r sq

uar

e.W

hic

h s

tude

nts

are

sta

ndi

ng

at

vert

ical

an

gles

fro

m o

ne

anot

her

?

Lau

ren

an

d L

aure

tta;

Jam

es

and

Lis

a

Laur

enJa

mes

Lisa

Laur

etta

4.C

LOC

KS

Th

e ti

me

show

n o

n t

he

cloc

k is

12:0

7.A

fter

20

min

ute

s h

ave

gon

e by

,w

ill

the

angl

e fo

rmed

by

the

hou

r an

dm

inu

te h

ands

be

acu

te,o

btu

se,r

igh

t,or

str

aigh

t?

ob

tuse

5.B

ALL

ETW

hen

a b

alle

t da

nce

r’s

feet

are

in f

irst

pos

itio

n,t

he

hee

ls a

re t

ouch

ing,

and

the

feet

are

tu

rned

ou

t.A

dan

cer

wit

h e

xcel

len

t te

chn

iqu

e ca

n p

osit

ion

his

or

her

fee

t so

th

at t

hey

are

nea

rly

in a

str

aigh

t li

ne.

Isab

ella

is

prac

tici

ng

her

tec

hn

iqu

e.C

lass

ify

the

angl

e h

erfe

et f

orm

as

acu

te,o

btu

se,o

r ri

ght.

ob

tuse

6.PA

RK

ING

LO

TE

ric,

Rya

n,A

ish

a,an

d A

bbey

are

all

par

ked

in t

he

sch

ool

lot.

Wh

o is

par

ked

at a

djac

ent

angl

es f

rom

one

anot

her

?

Eri

c an

d R

yan

;R

yan

an

d

Ab

bey

;A

bb

ey a

nd

Ais

ha;

Ais

ha

and

Eri

c

Aish

a

Ryan

Eric

Abbe

y

6MG

2.1

Nam

e ea

ch a

ngl

e in

fou

r w

ays.

Th

en c

lass

ify

the

angl

e as

acu

te,r

igh

t,ob

tuse

,or

stra

igh

t.

1.2.

3.

�4,

�S

,�R

ST

,�

2,�

Y,�

XY

Z,

�1,

�B

,�C

BA

,�

TS

R;

ob

tuse

�Z

YX

;ri

gh

t�

AB

C;

stra

igh

t

4.5.

6.

�3,

�F

,�H

FG

,�

7,�

P,�

JPM

,�

6,�

D,�

ED

F,�

GF

H;

acu

te

�M

PJ;

acu

te�

FD

E;

rig

ht

Use

th

e fi

gure

at

the

righ

t to

an

swer

Qu

esti

ons

7 an

d 8

.

7.N

ame

two

angl

es t

hat

are

ver

tica

l.�

MP

L,�

NP

O o

r �

MP

N,�

LP

O

8.N

ame

two

angl

es t

hat

are

adj

acen

t.�

LP

M,�

MP

N o

r �

MP

N,�

NP

O�

NP

O,�

OP

L o

r �

OP

L,�

LP

M

Use

th

e fi

gure

at

the

righ

t to

nam

e th

e fo

llow

ing.

9.tw

o ac

ute

an

gles

�D

CH

,�JB

D10

.tw

o st

raig

ht

angl

es�

AB

D,�

EB

G11

.tw

o ri

ght

angl

es�

AB

E,�

GB

C12

.tw

o ob

tuse

an

gles

�F

GE

,�A

CH

FG

CB E

AD

H

J

P

LM

ON

6E

D

F7M

P

J3

H

GF

1C

BA

2X

Z

Y

4R

S

T

NA

ME

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

DA

TE

___

____

____

___

PE

RIO

D

____

_

Prac

tice

An

gle

Rel

atio

nsh

ips

Cha

pter

10

12G

lenc

oe C

alifo

rnia

Mat

hem

atic

s, G

rade

6

Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

10-1

6MG

2.1

9–12

.Sam

ple

an

swer

s g

iven

.

Answers (Lesson 10-1)

Chapter 10 A3 Glencoe California Mathematics, Grade 6

Page 102: Chapter 10 Resource Masters - MHSchooliv Teacher’s Guide to Using the Chapter 10 Resource Masters The Chapter 10 Resource Mastersincludes the core materials needed for Chapter 10.These

NA

ME

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

DA

TE

___

____

____

___

PE

RIO

D

____

_

Cha

pter

10

15G

lenc

oe C

alifo

rnia

Mat

hem

atic

s, G

rade

6

Lesson 10–2

pygp

10-2

Get

Rea

dy

for

the

Less

on

Com

ple

te t

he

Min

i L

ab a

t th

e to

p o

f p

age

514

in y

our

text

boo

k.

Wri

te y

our

answ

ers

bel

ow.

1.C

lass

ify

the

angl

e as

acu

te,r

igh

t,ob

tuse

,or

stra

igh

t.ri

gh

t

2.C

opy

the

angl

e on

to a

pie

ce o

f pa

per.

Th

en d

raw

a r

ay

that

cu

ts t

he

angl

e in

to t

wo

con

gru

ent

angl

es.L

abel

th

ese

two

con

gru

ent

angl

es �

1 an

d �

2.

3.W

hat

is

m�

1 an

d m

�2?

45°

4.W

hat

is

the

sum

of

m�

1 an

d m

�2?

90°

5.C

opy

the

orig

inal

an

gle

onto

a p

iece

of

pape

r.T

hen

dra

w

a

ray

that

sep

arat

es t

he

angl

e in

to t

wo

non

-con

gru

ent

angl

es.L

abel

th

ese

two

angl

es �

3 an

d �

4.

6.W

hat

is

tru

e ab

out

the

sum

of

m�

3 an

d m

�4?

T

hey

eq

ual

90°

.

7.C

ompl

ete

Exe

rcis

es 1

–6 f

or t

he

angl

e sh

own

at

the

righ

t.st

raig

ht;

See

dia

gra

m;T

hey

are

eac

h 9

0°.;

180°

;S

ee d

iag

ram

;Th

e su

m is

180

°.

Rea

d t

he

Less

on

Fil

l in

th

e b

lan

ks

to a

nsw

er Q

ues

tion

s 8

and

9.

8.T

wo

angl

es a

re c

ompl

emen

tary

if

the

sum

of

thei

r m

easu

re i

s .

9.T

wo

angl

es a

re s

upp

lem

enta

ry i

f th

e su

m o

f th

eir

mea

sure

is

.

Rem

emb

er W

hat

Yo

u L

earn

ed10

.55

°11

.13

45°

x°35

° x°

180°

90°

43

21

34

12

6MG

2.1,

6M

G2.

2Le

sson

Rea

ding

Gui

deC

om

ple

men

tary

an

d S

up

ple

men

tary

An

gle

s

An

gle

s in

Bas

ebal

lA

ngl

es p

lay

an i

mp

orta

nt

par

t in

man

y sp

orts

.In

bas

ebal

l,in

fiel

der

sst

and

on

an

d c

over

dif

fere

nt

par

ts o

f th

e in

fiel

d d

epen

din

g on

th

ep

osit

ion

of

the

run

ner

s.S

omet

imes

,a p

laye

r w

ill

hav

e to

tu

rn v

aryi

ng

angl

es t

o m

ake

pla

ys.

For

Exe

rcis

es 1

an

d 2

,loo

k a

t th

ese

pic

ture

s of

bas

ebal

l fi

eld

s.In

eac

hon

e,th

e fo

ur

infi

eld

ers

cove

r d

iffe

ren

t ar

eas

of t

he

dia

mon

d.U

se a

pro

trac

tor

to d

eter

min

e th

e m

easu

re o

f th

e an

gle

of t

he

area

cov

ered

by

the

2nd

bas

eman

wit

h d

iffe

ren

t ru

nn

er p

osit

ion

s.

1.2.

43°

26°

3.T

he

outf

ield

is

cove

red

by t

hre

e ot

her

pla

yers

:th

e le

ft,c

ente

r,an

d ri

ght

outf

ield

ers.

Th

e ar

eas

they

cov

er m

ay o

verl

ap s

ligh

tly

depe

ndi

ng

onw

hoe

ver

is c

lose

st t

o th

e ba

ll;b

ut

in g

ener

al,

each

pla

yer

has

an

are

a to

cov

er.T

his

fig

ure

sh

ows

the

area

mos

t of

ten

cov

ered

by

each

ou

tfie

lder

.Wh

at t

ype

of a

ngl

e do

es e

ach

are

a m

ake

wit

h h

ome

plat

e? W

hat

typ

e of

an

gle

do

all

thre

e ou

tfie

ld a

reas

com

bin

ed c

reat

e w

ith

h

ome

plat

e?ac

ute

;ri

gh

t4.

Du

rin

g a

gam

e,th

e pi

tch

er n

otic

es t

he

run

ner

on

sec

ond

base

wan

ts t

o st

eal

thir

d ba

se.I

f th

e pi

tch

er i

s fa

cin

g h

ome

plat

e,w

hat

typ

e of

an

gle

does

th

e pi

tch

er h

ave

to t

urn

th

rou

gh t

o th

row

th

e ba

ll t

o th

ird

base

?ri

gh

t5.

Du

rin

g a

diff

eren

t in

nin

g,a

run

ner

is

on f

irst

bas

e an

d ap

pear

s to

wan

tto

ste

al s

econ

d ba

se.W

hat

typ

e of

an

gle

does

th

e pi

tch

er n

eed

to t

urn

thro

ugh

to

thro

w t

he

ball

to

seco

nd

base

if

the

pitc

her

is

faci

ng

hom

epl

ate?

stra

igh

t

Hom

ePl

ate

Third

Base

Seco

ndBa

seAr

ea c

over

edby

righ

t fie

lder

Area

cov

ered

by c

ente

r fie

lder

Area

cov

ered

by le

ft fie

lder

Firs

tBa

se

Hom

ePl

ate

Third

Base

Seco

ndBa

seAr

ea c

over

ed b

y th

ese

cond

bas

eman

Firs

tBa

se

Hom

ePl

ate

Third

Base

Seco

ndBa

seAr

ea c

over

ed b

y th

ese

cond

bas

eman

Firs

tBa

se

NA

ME

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

DA

TE

___

____

____

___

PE

RIO

D

____

_

Enri

chm

ent

Cha

pter

10

14G

lenc

oe C

alifo

rnia

Mat

hem

atic

s, G

rade

6

Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

10-1

6MG

2.1

Answers (Lessons 10-1 and 10-2)

Chapter 10 A4 Glencoe California Mathematics, Grade 6

Page 103: Chapter 10 Resource Masters - MHSchooliv Teacher’s Guide to Using the Chapter 10 Resource Masters The Chapter 10 Resource Mastersincludes the core materials needed for Chapter 10.These

An

swer

s

NA

ME

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

DA

TE

___

____

____

___

PE

RIO

D

____

_

Cha

pter

10

17G

lenc

oe C

alifo

rnia

Mat

hem

atic

s, G

rade

6

Lesson 10–2

10-2

Fin

d t

he

mis

sin

g an

gle

mea

sure

.

1.53

°2.

48°

3.65

°

4.48

°5.

95°

6.17

7.70

°8.

94°

9.66

°

Use

th

e fi

gure

at

the

righ

t to

an

swer

Qu

esti

ons

10–1

3.

10.

Fin

d m

�H

JL

.15

11.

�H

JL

and

�L

JM

are

wh

at t

ype

of a

ngl

es?

sup

ple

men

tary

12.

Fin

d m

�K

JM

.90

°

13.

�K

JL

and

�L

JM

are

wh

at t

ype

of a

ngl

es?

com

ple

men

tary

K JH

M

L

90°

30°

60°

24°

43° 43

° x°

45°

65°

10°

85°

x°42

°

25˚ x ˚

42˚

x ˚12

6MG

2.1,

6M

G2.

2Sk

ills

Prac

tice

Co

mp

lem

enta

ry a

nd

Su

pp

lem

enta

ry A

ng

les

NA

ME

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

DAT

E _

____

____

____

_P

ER

IOD

__

___

Cha

pter

10

16G

lenc

oe C

alifo

rnia

Mat

hem

atic

s, G

rade

6

Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

10-2

Fin

d t

he

valu

e of

x.

Th

e tw

o an

gles

for

m a

rig

ht

angl

e or

90°

,so

they

are

com

plem

enta

ry,

Writ

e th

e eq

uatio

n.S

ubtr

act

43 f

rom

eac

h si

de.

so t

he

valu

e of

xis

47°

.

Fin

d t

he

valu

e of

x.

Th

e tw

o an

gles

for

m a

str

aigh

t li

ne

or 1

80°,

so t

hey

are

su

pple

men

tary

,

Writ

e th

e eq

uatio

n.S

ubtr

act

110

from

eac

h si

de.

so t

he

valu

e of

xis

70°

.

Fin

d t

he

valu

e of

xin

eac

h f

igu

re.

1.32

°2.

124°

3.95

°

4.19

°5.

45°

6.98

°

82°

x°45

°x°

71°

85°

x°56

° x°

58°

110

�x

�18

0�

110

�11

0x

�70

110˚

x

˚

43 �

x�

90�

43�

43x

�47

43° x°

•Tw

o an

gles

are

co

mp

lem

enta

ryif

the

sum

of

thei

r m

easu

re is

90°

.

m�

1 �

m�

2 �

90°

•Tw

o an

gles

are

su

pp

lem

enta

ryif

the

sum

of

thei

r m

easu

re is

180

°.

m�

3 �

m�

4 �

180°

•To

fin

d a

mis

sin

g a

ng

le m

easu

re,f

irst

dete

rmin

e if

the

angl

es a

re c

ompl

emen

tary

or

supp

lem

enta

ry.T

hen

writ

e an

equ

atio

n an

d su

btra

ct t

o fin

d th

e m

issi

ng m

easu

re.

34

12

Exam

ple

1

Exam

ple

2

Exer

cise

s

6MG

2.1,

6M

G2.

2St

udy

Guid

e an

d In

terv

entio

nC

om

ple

men

tary

an

d S

up

ple

men

tary

An

gle

s

Answers (Lesson 10-2)

Chapter 10 A5 Glencoe California Mathematics, Grade 6

Page 104: Chapter 10 Resource Masters - MHSchooliv Teacher’s Guide to Using the Chapter 10 Resource Masters The Chapter 10 Resource Mastersincludes the core materials needed for Chapter 10.These

NA

ME

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

DAT

E _

____

____

____

_P

ER

IOD

__

___

Cha

pter

10

19G

lenc

oe C

alifo

rnia

Mat

hem

atic

s, G

rade

6

Lesson 10–2

pygp

10-2

1.SI

GN

Th

e su

ppor

t w

ire

for

a si

gn

mee

ts t

he

wal

l an

d th

e ov

erh

ang

assh

own

bel

ow.I

f m

�2

�42

°,fi

nd

m�

1.E

xpla

in y

our

reas

onin

g

m�

1 �

48°;

�1

and

�2

are

com

ple

men

tary

an

gle

s.

21

2.ST

REE

TSM

ain

Str

eet

inte

rsec

ts

Oak

Roa

d.If

a r

igh

t-h

and

turn

on

toO

ak R

oad

requ

ires

a 7

7°tu

rn,w

hat

degr

ee m

ust

a l

eft-

han

d tu

rn o

nto

O

ak R

oad

mak

e?

A le

ft h

and

tu

rn r

equ

ires

a

103°

turn

.

77˚Oa

k Ro

ad

Mai

n St

reet

3.R

AIL

RO

AD

Eas

t of

th

e to

wn

of

Roc

kpor

t,th

e ra

ilroa

d tr

acks

inte

rsec

t H

ighw

ay 6

7as

sh

own

bel

ow.I

f m

�1

�13

3°,f

ind

m�

2.E

xpla

in y

our

reas

onin

g.

m�

2 �

47°;

�1

and

�2

are

sup

ple

men

tary

an

gle

s.

1 2

4.C

AM

PIN

GJo

nn

a an

d E

liza

beth

fou

nd

ale

vel

cam

psit

e an

d pi

tch

ed t

hei

r te

nt

assh

own

bel

ow.I

f m

�1

�12

0°,f

ind

m�

2.E

xpla

in y

our

reas

onin

g.

m�

2 �

60°;

�1

and

�2

are

sup

ple

men

tary

an

gle

s.

21

5.G

AS

GA

UG

EB

elow

is

a pi

ctu

re o

f th

e ga

s ga

uge

in

Ser

gio'

s ca

r.T

he

angl

es m

ade

by t

he

indi

cato

r ar

eco

mpl

emen

tary

.If

the

m�

1 �

42°,

wh

at i

s th

e m

�2?

48°

FU

EL

EF

12

6.A

RC

HIT

ECTU

RE

Th

e pl

ans

for

a n

ewaq

uar

ium

cal

l fo

r se

vera

l h

allw

ays

ofex

hib

its

lead

ing

out

of a

cir

cula

r m

ain

room

.Bec

ause

of

the

size

of

the

tan

ksth

at w

ill

be u

sed,

the

angl

e fo

rmed

betw

een

tw

o ad

jace

nt

hal

lway

s ca

n b

en

o sm

alle

r th

an 6

5°.W

hat

is

the

max

imu

m n

um

ber

of h

allw

ays

that

can

be b

uil

t le

adin

g ou

t of

th

e m

ain

roo

m?

5

Mai

n

R

oom

Hallw

ay

Hallw

ay

65˚

6MG

2.1,

6M

G2.

2W

ord

Prob

lem

Pra

ctic

eC

om

ple

men

tary

an

d S

up

ple

men

tary

An

gle

s

NA

ME

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

DAT

E _

____

____

____

_P

ER

IOD

__

___

Cha

pter

10

18G

lenc

oe C

alifo

rnia

Mat

hem

atic

s, G

rade

6

Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

10-2

Fin

d t

he

valu

e of

xin

eac

h f

igu

re.

1.68

°2.

115°

3.47

°

4.15

1°5.

70°

6.10

Cla

ssif

y ea

ch p

air

of a

ngl

es a

s co

mp

lem

enta

ry,s

up

ple

men

tary

,or

nei

ther

.

7.8.

9.

com

ple

men

tary

nei

ther

sup

ple

men

tary

ALG

EBR

AF

ind

th

e va

lue

of x

in e

ach

fig

ure

.

10.

11.

12.

40.9

9.5

160.

8

13.

ALG

EBR

AIf

�C

and

�D

are

supp

lem

enta

ry,a

nd

the

mea

sure

of

�D

is 4

5°,w

hat

is

the

mea

sure

of

�C

?13

19.2

˚x˚

92˚

78.5

˚

49.1

˚ x˚

12

12

12

72°

x°11

x°29

°

43°

x°65

°x°

22° x°

6MG

2.1,

6M

G2.

2Pr

actic

eC

om

ple

men

tary

an

d S

up

ple

men

tary

An

gle

s

Answers (Lesson 10-2)

Chapter 10 A6 Glencoe California Mathematics, Grade 6

Page 105: Chapter 10 Resource Masters - MHSchooliv Teacher’s Guide to Using the Chapter 10 Resource Masters The Chapter 10 Resource Mastersincludes the core materials needed for Chapter 10.These

An

swer

s

NA

ME

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

DAT

E _

____

____

____

_P

ER

IOD

__

___

Cha

pter

10

21G

lenc

oe C

alifo

rnia

Mat

hem

atic

s, G

rade

6

Lesson 10–3

pygp

10-3

Get

Rea

dy

for

the

Less

on

Rea

d t

he

intr

odu

ctio

n a

t th

e to

p o

f p

age

518

in y

our

text

boo

k.

Wri

te y

our

answ

ers

bel

ow.

1.E

xpla

in h

ow y

ou k

now

th

at e

ach

per

son

su

rvey

ed c

hos

e on

ly o

ne

shad

e of

blu

e.S

amp

le a

nsw

er:T

he

per

cen

ts a

dd

up

to

100

.

2.If

500

peo

ple

took

par

t in

th

e su

rvey

,how

man

y pr

efer

red

aqu

amar

ine?

85

Rea

d t

he

Less

on

3.In

th

e fo

llow

ing

circ

le g

raph

,wh

at i

s th

e pe

rcen

t re

pres

ente

d by

sect

ion

C?

How

do

you

kn

ow?

62.5

%;T

he

per

cen

ts m

ust

ad

d u

p t

o 1

00.

4.A

s st

ated

in

Exa

mpl

e 2

on p

age

519,

wh

en y

ou c

onst

ruct

a c

ircl

e gr

aph

,yo

u c

an c

hec

k yo

ur

wor

k by

mea

suri

ng

the

last

sec

tion

of

a ci

rcle

gra

ph

to v

erif

y th

at t

he

angl

es h

ave

the

corr

ect

mea

sure

s.W

hy

wil

l th

is w

ork

as a

ch

eck?

Sam

ple

an

swer

:If

th

e g

rap

h is

acc

ura

te t

hen

th

ela

st s

ecti

on

will

hav

e a

mea

sure

men

t co

rres

po

nd

ing

to

th

ep

erce

nt

rem

ain

ing

to

be

gra

ph

ed o

n t

he

circ

le.

Rem

emb

er W

hat

Yo

u L

earn

ed5.

If y

ou a

re g

iven

th

e re

sult

s of

a s

urv

ey a

nd

the

resu

lts

are

give

n i

npe

rcen

ts,h

ow d

o yo

u d

raw

a c

ircl

e gr

aph

to

repr

esen

t th

e re

sult

s of

th

esu

rvey

? D

escr

ibe

each

ste

p.S

amp

le a

nsw

er:

a.F

ind

th

e d

egre

es f

or

each

par

t.b

.Use

a c

om

pas

s to

dra

w a

cir

cle.

Th

en d

raw

a r

adiu

s.c.

Use

a p

rotr

acto

r to

dra

w t

he

ang

le t

hat

co

rres

po

nd

s to

eac

h p

erce

nt.

d.L

abel

eac

h s

ecti

on

of

the

gra

ph

.

Suc

cess

ful S

pac

eLa

unch

es, 2

001

12.5

%B C

25% A

5SD

AP

1.2

Less

on R

eadi

ng G

uide

Sta

tist

ics:

Dis

pla

y D

ata

in a

Cir

cle

Gra

ph

NA

ME

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

DAT

E _

____

____

____

_P

ER

IOD

__

___

Enri

chm

ent

Cha

pter

10

20G

lenc

oe C

alifo

rnia

Mat

hem

atic

s, G

rade

6

Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

10-2

Mat

chst

ick

Puzz

les

Th

e p

uzz

les

on t

his

pag

e in

volv

e a

box

of

woo

den

mat

ches

.T

ooth

pic

ks

or a

ny

oth

er s

trai

ght

obje

cts

may

be

also

be

use

d.

Use

th

e sq

uar

e fi

gure

at

the

righ

t to

mak

e ea

ch o

f th

e fo

llow

ing

figu

res.

1.M

ove

3 m

atch

es t

o m

ake

2.M

ove

4 m

atch

es t

o m

ake

3 id

enti

cal

squ

ares

.3

iden

tica

l sq

uar

es.

3.R

emov

e 2

mat

ches

to

4.M

ove

2 m

atch

es t

o m

ake

mak

e 2

squ

ares

.7

squ

ares

.(Yo

u m

ay c

ross

th

e m

atch

es i

n t

his

on

e on

ly.)

Use

th

e h

exag

onal

fig

ure

at

the

righ

t to

mak

e ea

ch o

f th

e fo

llow

ing

firg

ure

s.

5.M

ove

4 m

atch

es t

o m

ake

6.M

ove

4 m

atch

es t

o m

ake

3 eq

uil

ater

al t

rian

gles

.4

iden

tica

l di

amon

ds.

Use

th

e sq

uar

e fi

gure

at

the

righ

t to

mak

e ea

ch o

f th

e fo

llow

ing

firg

ure

s.

5.R

emov

e 4

mat

ches

to

6.R

emov

e 6

mat

ches

to

mak

em

ake

5 id

enti

cal

squ

ares

.5

iden

tica

l sq

uar

es.

6MG

2.3

Answers (Lessons 10-2 and 10-3)

Chapter 10 A7 Glencoe California Mathematics, Grade 6

Page 106: Chapter 10 Resource Masters - MHSchooliv Teacher’s Guide to Using the Chapter 10 Resource Masters The Chapter 10 Resource Mastersincludes the core materials needed for Chapter 10.These

NA

ME

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

DAT

E _

____

____

____

_P

ER

IOD

__

___

Cha

pter

10

23G

lenc

oe C

alifo

rnia

Mat

hem

atic

s, G

rade

6

Lesson 10–3

pygp

10-3

For

eac

h t

able

,fin

d t

he

nu

mb

er o

f d

egre

es i

n e

ach

sec

tion

of

a ci

rcle

grap

h.T

hen

mak

e a

circ

le g

rap

h o

f th

e d

ata.

1.2.

Co

mm

erci

al a

nd

Ind

ust

rial

:18

7�M

om

:18

7�;

Dad

:61

�R

esid

enti

al:

72�

Bro

ther

/Sis

ter:

58�

Tran

spo

rtat

ion

:97

�;O

ther

:4�

Gra

nd

par

ent/

Oth

er:

54�

3.4.

Ind

ia:

22�;

Un

ited

Sta

tes:

251�

Atl

anti

c:61

�;P

acif

ic:

221�

Eu

rop

ean

Sp

ace

Ag

ency

:76

�G

ulf

:47

�C

hin

a:11

�A

rcti

c:32

�U

nite

d S

tate

s C

oas

tlin

e

17%

Atla

ntic

61%

Pac

ific

13%

Gul

fArc

tic9%

Suc

cess

ful S

pac

e La

unch

es, 2

001

21%

Eur

opea

nS

pac

eA

genc

y

70%

Uni

ted

Sta

tes

6% In

dia

3% C

hina

Fam

ily M

emb

ers

Stu

den

ts C

onf

ide

In

52%

Mom

17%

Dad

16%

Bro

ther

/S

iste

r

Gra

ndp

aren

t/O

ther

15%

Uni

ted

Sta

tes

Ene

rgy

Usa

ge,

200

1

52%

Com

mer

cial

and

Ind

ustr

ial

20%

Res

iden

tial

27%

Tran

spor

tatio

n

1% O

ther

Un

ited

Sta

tes

En

ergy

Usa

ge,2

001

Oth

er

Cat

egor

yP

erce

nt

Com

mer

cial

an

d In

dust

rial

52%

Res

iden

tial

20%

Tra

nsp

orta

tion

27% 1%

Fam

ily

Mem

ber

s S

tud

ents

Con

fid

e In

Gra

ndp

aren

t/O

ther

Fam

ily

Mem

ber

Per

cen

t

Mom

52%

Dad

17%

Bro

ther

/Sis

ter

16%

15%

Su

cces

sfu

l S

pac

e L

aun

ches

,200

1

Ch

ina

Cou

ntr

yN

um

ber

Indi

a2

Un

ited

Sta

tes

23

Eu

rope

an S

pace

Age

ncy

7 1

Un

ited

Sta

tes

Coa

stli

ne

Coa

stL

engt

h (

mil

es)

Atl

anti

c2,

100

Pac

ific

7,60

0

Gu

lf1,

600

Arc

tic

1,10

0

Un

ited

Sta

tes

Coa

stli

ne

Arc

tic

Coa

stL

engt

h (

mi)

Atl

anti

c2,

100

Pac

ific

7,60

0

Gu

lf1,

600

1,10

0

5SD

AP

1.2

Skill

s Pr

actic

eS

tati

stic

s:D

isp

lay

Dat

a in

a C

ircl

e G

rap

h

NA

ME

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

DA

TE

___

____

____

___

PE

RIO

D

____

_

Cha

pter

10

22G

lenc

oe C

alifo

rnia

Mat

hem

atic

s, G

rade

6

Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

10-3

Exer

cise

s

ENER

GY

Mak

e a

circ

legr

aph

of

the

dat

a in

th

eta

ble

.St

ep 1

Fin

d th

e to

tal

nu

mbe

r of

rea

ctor

s:10

4 �

59 �

54 �

222

�43

9.St

ep 2

Fin

d th

e ra

tio

that

com

pare

s ea

chn

um

ber

wit

h t

he

tota

l.W

rite

th

era

tio

as a

dec

imal

rou

nde

d to

th

e n

eare

st h

un

dred

th.

Un

ited

Sta

tes:

�1 40 34 9��

0.24

Japa

n:

� 45 34 9��

0.12

Fra

nce

:� 45 39 9�

�0.

13O

ther

:�2 42 32 9�

�0.

51St

ep 3

Fin

d th

e n

um

ber

of d

egre

es f

or e

ach

sec

tion

of

the

grap

h.

Un

ited

Sta

tes:

0.24

· 36

0��

86�

Japa

n:

0.12

· 36

0��

43�

Fra

nce

:0.

13 ·

360�

�47

�O

ther

:0.

51 ·

360�

�18

4�St

ep 4

Use

a c

ompa

ss t

o co

nst

ruct

a c

ircl

e an

d dr

aw

a

radi

us.

Th

en u

se a

pro

trac

tor

to d

raw

an

86

°an

gle.

Th

is r

epre

sen

ts t

he

perc

ent

of

nu

clea

r re

acto

rs i

n t

he

Un

ited

Sta

tes.

Step

5F

rom

th

e n

ew r

adiu

s,dr

aw a

47°

angl

e fo

rF

ran

ce.R

epea

t th

is s

tep

for

the

oth

er t

wo

sect

ion

s.L

abel

eac

h s

ecti

on a

nd

give

th

e gr

aph

a t

itle

.

1.SW

IMM

ING

Th

e ta

ble

show

s th

e n

um

ber

of m

embe

rs o

f th

e sw

im t

eam

wh

o co

mpe

ted

at t

he

swim

mee

t.E

ach

com

pete

d in

on

ly o

ne

even

t.M

ake

a ci

rcle

gra

ph o

f th

e da

ta.

Nu

clea

r R

eact

ors

in O

per

atio

n, 2

001

24%

Uni

ted

Sta

tes

51%

Oth

erC

ount

ries

12%

Japa

n13%

Fra

nce

Agr

aph

that

sho

ws

data

as

part

s of

a w

hole

circ

le is

cal

led

a ci

rcle

gra

ph

.In

a c

ircle

gra

ph,

the

perc

ents

add

up

to 1

00.

Whe

n pe

rcen

ts a

re n

ot g

iven

, yo

u m

ust

first

det

erm

ine

wha

t pa

rt o

f th

e w

hole

each

item

rep

rese

nts.

Sw

im T

eam

Mem

ber

Par

tici

pat

ion

Bu

tter

fly

Eve

nt

Nu

mb

er

Fre

esty

le18

Bre

asts

trok

e7

Bac

kstr

oke

5 2

Sw

im T

eam

Mem

ber

Par

tici

pat

ion

56%

Free

styl

e

22%

Bre

asts

trok

e

6%B

utte

rfly

16%

Bac

kstr

oke

Exam

ple

1

Oth

er C

oun

trie

s

Un

ited

Sta

tes

104

Fra

nce

59

Japa

n54 222

Cou

ntr

yN

um

ber

of

Rea

ctor

s

Nu

clea

r R

eact

ors

in O

per

atio

n,2

001

5SD

AP

1.2

Stud

y Gu

ide

and

Inte

rven

tion

Sta

tist

ics:

Dis

pla

y D

ata

in a

Cir

cle

Gra

ph

Answers (Lesson 10-3)

Chapter 10 A8 Glencoe California Mathematics, Grade 6

Page 107: Chapter 10 Resource Masters - MHSchooliv Teacher’s Guide to Using the Chapter 10 Resource Masters The Chapter 10 Resource Mastersincludes the core materials needed for Chapter 10.These

An

swer

s

NA

ME

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

DAT

E _

____

____

____

_P

ER

IOD

__

___

Cha

pter

10

25G

lenc

oe C

alifo

rnia

Mat

hem

atic

s, G

rade

6

Lesson 10–3

pygp

10-3

LAN

GU

AG

ESF

or E

xerc

ises

1 a

nd

2,

use

th

e ta

ble

th

at s

how

s th

en

um

ber

of

peo

ple

th

at s

pea

k t

he

five

lan

guag

es t

hat

are

sp

oken

by

the

mos

t p

eop

le i

n t

he

wor

ld.

MIL

ITA

RYF

or E

xerc

ises

3 a

nd

4,u

se

the

tab

le t

hat

sh

ows

the

nu

mb

erof

peo

ple

act

ive

in t

he

Un

ited

Sta

tes

mil

itar

y in

200

2.

Cat

egor

yC

omm

erci

al a

nd

Indu

stri

alR

esid

enti

alT

ran

spor

tati

onO

ther

Spa

nis

hLan

guag

eS

pea

ker

s (m

illi

ons)

Hin

di36

6

En

glis

h34

1

322

Ben

gali

207

Ch

ines

e,M

anda

rin

874

Lan

guag

es S

pok

en b

y th

e M

ost

Peo

ple

1.F

ind

the

degr

ees

for

each

par

t of

aci

rcle

gra

ph t

hat

sh

ows

the

data

.C

hin

ese,

Man

dar

in:

150°

Hin

di:

62°

En

glis

h:

58°

Sp

anis

h:

55°

Ben

gal

i:35

°

2.M

ake

a ci

rcle

gra

ph o

f th

e da

ta.W

hic

hth

ree

lan

guag

es a

ccou

nt

for

41%

of

the

tota

l?

Ben

gal

i,S

pan

ish

,an

d

En

glis

h

Lang

uag

es S

po

ken

by

the

Mo

st P

eop

le

42%

Chi

nese

,M

and

arin

17%

Hin

di

16%

Eng

lish

15%

Sp

anis

h

Ben

gali

10%

Coa

st G

uar

d

Air

For

ceBra

nch

Per

son

nel

(th

ousa

nd

s)

Nav

y38

5

Mar

ine

Cor

ps17

4

368 38

Arm

y48

6

3.M

ake

a ci

rcle

gra

ph o

f th

e da

ta.

Uni

ted

Sta

tes

Mili

tary

Per

sonn

el A

ctiv

e D

uty,

200

2

33%

Arm

y

27%

Nav

yM

arin

eC

orp

s

25%

Air

Forc

e

3% Coa

stG

uard

12%

4.W

hic

h t

wo

bran

ches

tak

en t

oget

her

acco

un

t fo

r al

mos

t h

alf

of t

he

tota

l?A

ir F

orc

e an

d N

avy

Un

ited

Sta

tes

Mil

itar

y,A

ctiv

e D

uty

,200

2

5SDAP1.2

Wor

d Pr

oble

m P

ract

ice

Sta

tist

ics:

Dis

pla

y D

ata

in a

Cir

cle

Gra

ph

NA

ME

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

DAT

E _

____

____

____

_P

ER

IOD

__

___

Cha

pter

10

24G

lenc

oe C

alifo

rnia

Mat

hem

atic

s, G

rade

6

Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

10-3

Dis

pla

y ea

ch s

et o

f d

ata

in a

cir

cle

grap

h.

1.2.

EXPO

RTS

For

Exe

rcis

es 3

an

d 4

,use

th

e ci

rcle

grap

h t

hat

sh

ows

the

per

cen

t of

Per

sian

Gu

lfp

etro

leu

m e

xpor

ts b

y co

un

try

for

the

year

2003

.

3.W

hic

h c

oun

try

has

th

e m

ost

petr

oleu

m

expo

rts?

S

aud

i Ara

bia

4.H

ow m

any

tim

es m

ore

expo

rts

does

Ira

n

hav

e th

an Q

atar

?3

tim

es

DA

TA S

ENSE

For

eac

h g

rap

h,f

ind

th

e m

issi

ng

valu

es.

5.6.

100°

Tim

e M

anag

emen

t

Cho

res

28˚

Oth

er36

˚S

leep

130˚

Mea

ls42

˚

Hyg

iene

24˚

Sch

ool

Rec

ycle

d P

rod

ucts

Alu

min

um25

%E

lect

roni

csx%

Pla

stic

20%

Oth

er15

%N

ewsp

aper

30%

Per

sian

Gul

f E

xpo

rts

2003

Sau

di

Ara

bia

49%

Iraq

5%Ir

an15

%

Kuw

ait

12%

Qat

ar5%

Uni

ted

Ara

bE

mira

tes

14%

Oth

er7%

Nuc

lear

8%

Nat

ural

Gas

23%

Coa

l22

%

Pet

role

um40

%

Am

eric

a’s

Ene

rgy

So

urce

s

Arc

tic4%

Atla

ntic

26%

Ind

ian

21%

Pac

ific

49%

Vo

lum

e o

f W

orl

d’s

Oce

ans

Am

eric

a’s

En

ergy

Sou

rces

Typ

eP

erce

nt

Pet

role

um

40%

Nat

ura

l G

as23

%C

oal

22%

Nu

clea

r8%

Oth

er7%

Vol

um

e of

Wor

ld’s

Oce

ans

Oce

anP

erce

nt

Pac

ific

49%

Atl

anti

c26

%In

dian

21%

Arc

tic

4%

Sour

ce: c

onoc

ophi

llips.c

om

Sour

ce:p

eace

corp

s.gov

10%

5SD

AP

1.2

Prac

tice

Sta

tist

ics:

Dis

pla

y D

ata

in a

Cir

cle

Gra

ph

Answers (Lesson 10-3)

Chapter 10 A9 Glencoe California Mathematics, Grade 6

Page 108: Chapter 10 Resource Masters - MHSchooliv Teacher’s Guide to Using the Chapter 10 Resource Masters The Chapter 10 Resource Mastersincludes the core materials needed for Chapter 10.These

NA

ME

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

DAT

E _

____

____

____

_P

ER

IOD

__

___

TI-7

3 A

ctiv

ityC

ircl

e G

rap

hs

Cha

pter

10

27G

lenc

oe C

alifo

rnia

Mat

hem

atic

s, G

rade

6

Lesson 10–3

pygp

10-3

Use

you

r ca

lcul

ator

to

mak

e ci

rcle

gra

phs

from

dat

a.

A g

roup

of

stud

ents

too

k a

surv

ey o

f fa

vori

te s

oft

drin

ks.M

ake

a ci

rcle

gra

ph

and

find

the

per

cent

of

each

fav

orit

e so

ft d

rink

.Her

e is

the

irda

ta t

able

.

Step

1E

nter

the

data

into

list

s. E

nter

the

cate

gory

dat

a in

L1

and

the

num

ber

data

in L

2. R

emem

ber

to u

se q

uote

sar

ound

the

firs

t ite

m in

the

cate

gory

dat

a. Y

ou c

anab

brev

iate

the

cate

gory

nam

es.

[MEM

]6

Mov

e ri

ght a

nd h

ighl

ight

the

firs

t bla

nk li

st.

Nam

e th

e ca

tego

ry D

RIN

K.

[TEX

T]"

D R

I N

K "

Don

e

[TEX

T]"

C O

L A

"D

one

Not

e:T

he le

tter

cap

pear

s in

L1,

bec

ause

it c

onta

ins

cate

gory

dat

a.Fi

ll in

the

rest

of

the

drin

k ca

tego

ries

. Ent

er th

e nu

mbe

r da

ta in

a li

st c

alle

d N

UM

BE

R.

Step

2S

et P

lot 1

. Fir

st tu

rn o

ff a

ll p

lots

.

[PLO

T]4

[PLO

T]1

Mak

e su

re D

rink

is th

e C

ateg

Lis

tand

Num

ber

is th

e D

ata

Lis

t. C

hoos

e N

umbe

r.

Step

3C

reat

e th

e ci

rcle

gra

ph. A

naly

ze th

e gr

aph.

Use

cur

sor

keys

wit

h .

Step

4C

reat

e a

circ

le g

raph

sho

win

g pe

rcen

ts.

Cho

ose

Perc

ento

n th

e P

lot 1

scr

een.

[PLO

T]1

In th

e ke

y sh

own

besi

de th

e gr

aph,

rea

d th

e pe

rcen

ts f

or e

ach

soft

dri

nk.

Ref

er t

o ci

rcle

gra

ph

you

cre

ate

d.

1,3.

See

stu

den

ts’w

ork

.

1.D

escr

ibe

the

circ

le g

raph

.

2.U

se t

he

perc

ent

circ

le g

raph

.Lis

t th

e pe

rcen

ts f

or e

ach

sof

t dr

ink.

cola

,33%

;D

C,1

1%;

RB

.31%

;L

L.1

5%;

oth

er,1

0%

3.W

hat

doe

s th

e ci

rcle

gra

ph t

ell

you

abo

ut

the

favo

rite

sof

t dr

inks

of

the

stu

den

tssu

rvey

ed?

Use

per

cen

ts i

n y

our

desc

ript

ion

.

GR

AP

HE

NT

ER

2nd

TR

AC

EG

RA

PH

TR

AC

E

EN

TE

R

EN

TE

RE

NT

ER

2nd

EN

TE

R2n

d

EN

TE

R2n

d

EN

TE

R2n

d

LIS

TE

NT

ER

2nd

Cat

egor

yN

umbe

r of

(Sof

t D

rink

)St

uden

ts

cola

28

diet

col

a (D

C)

9

root

bee

r (R

B)

26

lem

on-l

ime

(LL

)13

othe

r8

Exam

ple

Exer

cise

s

NA

ME

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

DAT

E _

____

____

____

_P

ER

IOD

__

___

Cha

pter

10

26G

lenc

oe C

alifo

rnia

Mat

hem

atic

s, G

rade

6

10-3

Enri

chm

ent

Rel

ativ

e Fr

equ

ency

an

d C

ircl

e G

rap

hs

Th

e re

lati

ve f

req

uen

cyte

lls

how

th

e fr

equ

ency

of o

ne

item

com

pare

s to

th

e to

tal

of a

ll t

he

freq

uen

cies

.Rel

ativ

e fr

equ

enci

es a

re w

ritt

en a

sfr

acti

ons,

deci

mal

s,or

per

cen

ts.

For

exa

mpl

e,in

Exe

rcis

e 1

belo

w,t

he

tota

l of

all

the

freq

uen

cies

is

50.S

o,th

e re

lati

ve f

requ

ency

of

the

grad

e A

is

8�

50,o

r 0.

16.

Th

e ci

rcle

at

the

righ

t is

div

ided

in

to 2

0 eq

ual

part

s.Yo

u c

an t

race

th

is c

ircl

e an

d th

en u

sere

lati

ve f

requ

enci

es t

o m

ake

circ

le g

raph

s.

Com

ple

te e

ach

ch

art

to s

how

th

e re

lati

vefr

equ

enci

es.T

hen

sk

etch

a c

ircl

e gr

aph

for

the

dat

a.U

se d

ecim

als

rou

nd

ed t

o th

e n

eare

st h

un

dre

dth

.

1.H

isto

ry G

rad

es f

or 5

0 S

tud

ents

2.S

teve

’s B

ud

get

D6

0.12

C18

0.36

Fre

qu

ency

8 16

Gra

de

18

A

6

B

Rel

ativ

eF

req

uen

cy

C D

0.16

0.32

0.36

0.12

2F

0.04

Am

oun

tS

pen

t

$26

$46

Item

$24

Tel

eph

one

$38

Mov

ies

Rel

ativ

eS

pen

din

g

Boo

ks

Car

0.13

0.23

0.12

0.19

$66

Oth

er0.

33

00.

050.

1

0.15 0.

2

0.3

0.35

0.4

0.45

0.5

0.55

0.25

0.6

0.65

0.7

0.750.

80.85

0.9

0.95

F

A

BCD

His

tory

Gra

des

fo

r 50

Stu

den

ts

Ste

ve’s

Bud

get

Oth

er

Car

Boo

ksMov

ies

Tele

pho

ne

5SD

AP

1.2

Answers (Lesson 10-3)

Chapter 10 A10 Glencoe California Mathematics, Grade 6

Page 109: Chapter 10 Resource Masters - MHSchooliv Teacher’s Guide to Using the Chapter 10 Resource Masters The Chapter 10 Resource Mastersincludes the core materials needed for Chapter 10.These

An

swer

s

Exer

cise

s

NA

ME

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

DAT

E _

____

____

____

_P

ER

IOD

__

___

Stud

y Gu

ide

and

Inte

rven

tion

Tria

ng

les

Cha

pter

10

29G

lenc

oe C

alifo

rnia

Mat

hem

atic

s, G

rade

6

Lesson 10–4

pygp

10-4

Fin

d t

he

valu

e of

xin

�A

BC

.

x�

66 �

52 �

180

The

sum

of

the

mea

sure

s is

180

.x

�11

8 �

180

Sim

plify

.�

118

� 1

18S

ubtr

act

118

from

eac

h si

de.

x�

62T

he

mis

sin

g an

gle

is 6

2�.

Cla

ssif

y th

e tr

ian

gle

by

its

angl

es a

nd

by

its

sid

es.

Th

e tr

ian

gle

has

on

e ob

tuse

an

gle

and

two

side

s th

e sa

me

len

gth

.So,

it i

s an

obt

use

,iso

scel

es t

rian

gle.

Fin

d t

he

mis

sin

g m

easu

re i

n e

ach

tri

angl

e.T

hen

cla

ssif

y th

e tr

ian

gle

as a

cute

,rig

ht,

or o

btu

se.

1.2.

3.

23�;

acu

te47

�;ri

gh

t95

�;o

btu

se

Cla

ssif

y ea

ch t

rian

gle

by

its

angl

es a

nd

by

its

sid

es.

4.5.

6.

acu

te,s

cale

ne

rig

ht,

iso

scel

eso

btu

se,s

cale

ne

40˚ 11

0˚30

˚

60˚ 70

˚50

˚

45˚

40˚

x˚43

˚

x˚82

˚

˚x75

˚

Tria

ngle

s ca

n be

cla

ssifi

ed b

y th

e m

easu

res

of t

heir

angl

es.A

n ac

ute

tri

ang

leha

s th

ree

acut

e an

gles

.A

n o

btu

se t

rian

gle

has

one

obtu

se a

ngle

.A r

igh

t tr

ian

gle

has

one

right

ang

le.

Tria

ngle

s ca

n al

so b

e cl

assi

fied

by t

he le

ngth

s of

the

ir si

des.

Sid

es t

hat

are

the

sam

e le

ngth

are

con

gru

ent

seg

men

tsan

d ar

e of

ten

mar

ked

by t

ick

mar

ks.I

n a

scal

ene

tria

ng

le,

all s

ides

hav

edi

ffere

nt le

ngth

s.A

n is

osc

eles

tria

ngle

has

at

leas

t tw

o co

ngru

ent

side

s.A

n eq

uila

tera

l tri

ang

leha

sal

l thr

ee s

ides

con

grue

nt.

A t

rian

gle

is a

figu

re w

ith th

ree

side

s an

d th

ree

angl

es.T

he s

ymbo

l for

tria

ngle

is �

.The

sum

of t

he

mea

sure

s of

the

angl

es o

f a tr

iang

le is

180

�.Yo

u ca

n us

e th

is to

find

a m

issi

ng a

ngle

mea

sure

in a

tria

ngle

.

A

B

C

66˚

˚x52

˚

120˚

Exam

ple

1

Exam

ple

2

6MG

2.2,

6M

G2.

3

NA

ME

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

DAT

E _

____

____

____

_P

ER

IOD

__

___

Less

on R

eadi

ng G

uide

Tr

ian

gle

s

Cha

pter

10

28G

lenc

oe C

alifo

rnia

Mat

hem

atic

s, G

rade

6

Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

10-4

Get

Rea

dy

for

the

Less

on

Com

ple

te t

he

Min

i L

ab a

t th

e to

p o

f p

age

524

in y

our

text

boo

k.W

rite

you

r an

swer

s b

elow

.

1.W

hat

kin

d of

an

gle

is f

orm

ed w

her

e th

e th

ree

vert

ices

mee

t?st

raig

ht

ang

le

2.R

epea

t th

e ac

tivi

ty w

ith

an

oth

er t

rian

gle.

Mak

e a

con

ject

ure

abou

t th

esu

m o

f th

e m

easu

res

of t

he

angl

es o

f an

y tr

ian

gle.

Th

e su

m o

f th

ean

gle

mea

sure

s o

f a

tria

ng

le is

180

�.

Rea

d t

he

Less

on

3.H

ow c

an y

ou i

ndi

cate

th

at t

wo

side

s of

a t

rian

gle

are

con

gru

ent?

Sam

ple

an

swer

:U

se t

he

sam

e n

um

ber

of

tick

mar

ks o

n e

ach

of

the

con

gru

ent

sid

es.

4.W

rite

th

e fo

llow

ing

equ

atio

n i

n w

ords

:m�

1 �

m�

2 �

m�

3 �

180�

.T

he

mea

sure

of

ang

le 1

plu

s th

e m

easu

re o

f an

gle

2 p

lus

the

mea

sure

of

ang

le 3

eq

ual

s 18

0 d

egre

es.

5.If

you

kn

ow t

he

mea

sure

s of

tw

o an

gles

of

a tr

ian

gle,

how

can

you

fin

dth

e m

easu

re o

f th

e th

ird

angl

e?S

amp

le a

nsw

er:

Set

up

an

equ

atio

n t

o f

ind

th

e m

easu

re o

f th

e th

ird

an

gle

usi

ng

th

e fa

ctth

at t

he

sum

of

all t

hre

e an

gle

s is

eq

ual

to

180

�.

Rem

emb

er W

hat

Yo

u L

earn

ed6.

Com

plet

e th

e ta

ble

to h

elp

you

rem

embe

r th

e w

ays

to c

lass

ify

tria

ngl

es.

Cla

ssif

ied

by

A

ngl

es o

r S

ides

angl

es

ang

les

Typ

e of

Tri

angl

e

side

s

acu

te

ang

les

obtu

se

Des

crip

tion

scal

ene

rig

ht

all a

cute

an

gle

s

1 o

btu

se a

ng

le

no

con

gru

ent

side

s

1 ri

ght

angl

e

sid

esis

osce

les

at le

ast

2 co

ng

ruen

t si

des

sid

eseq

uil

ater

al3

con

gru

ent

sid

es

6MG

2.2,

6M

G2.

3

Answers (Lesson 10-4)

Chapter 10 A11 Glencoe California Mathematics, Grade 6

Page 110: Chapter 10 Resource Masters - MHSchooliv Teacher’s Guide to Using the Chapter 10 Resource Masters The Chapter 10 Resource Mastersincludes the core materials needed for Chapter 10.These

Fin

d t

he

valu

e of

x.

1.2.

3.

4.5.

6.

Fin

d t

he

mis

sin

g m

easu

re i

n e

ach

tri

angl

e w

ith

th

e gi

ven

an

gle

mea

sure

s.

7.45

°,35

.8°,

x°99

.28.

100°

,x°,

40.7

°39

.39.

x°,9

0°,1

6.5°

73.5

10.

Fin

d th

e th

ird

angl

e of

a r

igh

t tr

ian

gle

if o

ne

of t

he

angl

es m

easu

res

24°.

66°

11.

Wh

at i

s th

e th

ird

angl

e of

a r

igh

t tr

ian

gle

if o

ne

of t

he

angl

es m

easu

res

51.1

°?38

.9°

12.

ALG

EBR

AF

ind

m�

Ain

�A

BC

if m

�B

�38

°an

d m

�C

�38

°.10

13.

ALG

EBR

AIn

�X

YZ

,m�

Z�

113°

and

m�

X�

28°.

Wh

at i

s m

�Y

?39

°

Cla

ssif

y th

e m

ark

ed t

rian

gle

in e

ach

ob

ject

by

its

angl

es a

nd

by

its

sid

es.

14.

15.

16.

ALG

EBR

AF

ind

th

e va

lue

of x

in e

ach

tri

angl

e.

20.

3621

.22

.

2x˚

x˚7x

˚

3x˚

2x˚

2x˚

30˚

30˚

40˚

50˚

25˚

60˚

60˚̊

41˚

37˚

x˚29

˚

61˚̊ x˚

17˚

22˚

140˚

42˚

NA

ME

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

DA

TE

___

____

____

___

PE

RIO

D

____

_

Prac

tice

Tria

ng

les

Cha

pter

10

31G

lenc

oe C

alifo

rnia

Mat

hem

atic

s, G

rade

6

Lesson 10–4

pygp

10-4

73

acu

te;

iso

scel

es

ob

tuse

;is

osc

eles

rig

ht;

scal

ene

48 90

18

102

60

9456M

G2.

2, 6

MG

2.3

NA

ME

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

DAT

E _

____

____

____

_P

ER

IOD

__

___

Skill

s Pr

actic

eTr

ian

gle

s

Cha

pter

10

30G

lenc

oe C

alifo

rnia

Mat

hem

atic

s, G

rade

6

Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

10-4

Fin

d t

he

mis

sin

g m

easu

re i

n e

ach

tri

angl

e.T

hen

cla

ssif

y th

e tr

ian

gle

as a

cute

,rig

ht,

or o

btu

se.

1.2.

3.

15�;

acu

te12

0�;

ob

tuse

41�;

rig

ht

4.5.

6.

104�

;o

btu

se25

�;ri

gh

t64

�;ac

ute

7.8.

9.

72�;

acu

te32

�;o

btu

se40

�;ri

gh

tC

lass

ify

each

tri

angl

e b

y it

s an

gles

an

d b

y it

s si

des

.

10.

11.

12.

acu

te,i

sosc

eles

ob

tuse

,iso

scel

esri

gh

t,sc

alen

e13

.14

.15

.

acu

te,e

qu

ilate

ral

rig

ht,

iso

scel

eso

btu

se,s

cale

ne

16.

17.

18.

ob

tuse

,iso

scel

esac

ute

,sca

len

eac

ute

,iso

scel

es

27˚

46˚

82˚

52˚

98˚

121˚

40˚

19˚

60˚

60˚

60˚

50˚

40˚

114˚

37˚

50˚

126˚

22˚

x˚51

˚

57˚

71˚

45˚

65˚

x˚38

˚

38˚x˚

49˚

x˚24

˚

36˚

81˚

84˚

6MG

2.2,

6M

G2.

3

Answers (Lesson 10-4)

Chapter 10 A12 Glencoe California Mathematics, Grade 6

Page 111: Chapter 10 Resource Masters - MHSchooliv Teacher’s Guide to Using the Chapter 10 Resource Masters The Chapter 10 Resource Mastersincludes the core materials needed for Chapter 10.These

An

swer

s

Tria

ng

le S

um

sT

he

mea

sure

s of

th

e an

gles

of

a tr

ian

gle

alw

ays

add

up

to 1

80°.

Th

esi

des

of a

tri

angl

e al

so h

ave

a sp

ecia

l re

lati

onsh

ip.I

n t

his

act

ivit

y,yo

u w

ill

expl

ore

the

rela

tion

ship

s of

th

e si

de l

engt

hs.

Cu

t th

e st

rips

of

pape

r fr

om t

he

righ

t si

de o

f th

is p

age.

Use

th

e 3

spec

ifie

d st

rips

for

eac

h p

robl

em.T

ell

if a

tri

angl

e ca

n b

e fo

rmed

wit

h t

hem

.If

so,t

ell

wh

at t

ype

of t

rian

gle

it i

s.1.

6 cm

,14

cm,a

nd

14 c

m

2.6

cm,6

cm

,14

cm

iso

scel

es t

rian

gle

no

t a

tria

ng

le

3.6

cm,8

cm

,14

cm4.

3 cm

,3 c

m,6

cm

no

t a

tria

ng

len

ot

a tr

ian

gle

5.3

cm,6

cm

,8 c

m6.

6 cm

,6 c

m,8

cm

scal

ene

tria

ng

leis

osc

eles

tri

ang

le

7.L

ook

at y

our

answ

ers

abov

e.C

hoo

se a

ny

set

of s

ide

len

gth

s th

at f

orm

atr

ian

gle.

Add

th

e tw

o sh

orte

st m

easu

res.

Com

pare

th

at s

um

wit

h t

he

lon

gest

sid

e le

ngt

h.T

ry t

his

wit

h a

ll t

he

tria

ngl

es a

bove

.Wh

at c

oncl

usi

onca

n y

ou m

ake

abou

t tr

ian

gle

side

len

gth

s?T

he

sum

of

the

len

gth

so

f an

y tw

o s

ides

of

a tr

ian

gle

is g

reat

er t

han

th

e le

ng

th o

fth

e th

ird

sid

e.

8.N

ow l

ook

at t

he

sets

of

side

len

gth

s th

at d

id n

ot f

orm

tri

angl

es.A

dd t

he

two

shor

test

sid

es.C

ompa

re t

he

sum

wit

h t

he

len

gth

of

the

thir

d si

de.

Wh

at c

oncl

usi

on c

an y

ou m

ake

abou

t th

ree

len

gth

s th

at d

o n

ot m

ake

atr

ian

gle?

Th

e su

m o

f th

e le

ng

ths

of

the

two

sh

ort

est

sid

es is

less

th

an o

r eq

ual

to

th

e le

ng

th o

f th

e lo

ng

est

sid

e.

9.W

hat

ru

le c

an y

ou g

ive

to t

est

any

thre

e se

gmen

t le

ngt

hs

to f

ind

out

ifth

e se

gmen

ts w

ill

form

a t

rian

gle?

Th

e su

m o

f th

e le

ng

ths

of

the

two

sh

ort

est

sid

es m

ust

be

gre

ater

th

an t

he

len

gth

of

the

thir

d s

ide.

NA

ME

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

DAT

E _

____

____

____

_P

ER

IOD

__

___

Enri

chm

ent

Cha

pter

10

33G

lenc

oe C

alifo

rnia

Mat

hem

atic

s, G

rade

6

Lesson 10–4

pygp

10-4

6MG

2.2,

6M

G2.

3

NA

ME

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

DAT

E _

____

____

____

_P

ER

IOD

__

___

Wor

d Pr

oble

m P

ract

ice

Tria

ng

les

Cha

pter

10

32G

lenc

oe C

alifo

rnia

Mat

hem

atic

s, G

rade

6

Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

10-4

1.TA

ILO

RIN

GE

ach

lap

el o

n a

su

it ja

cket

is

in t

he

shap

e of

a t

rian

gle.

Th

e th

ree

angl

es o

f ea

ch t

rian

gle

mea

sure

47�

,68

�,an

d 65

�.C

lass

ify

the

tria

ngl

e by

its

angl

es.

acu

te

2.FL

AG

SA

nav

al d

istr

ess

sign

al f

lag

is i

nth

e sh

ape

of a

tri

angl

e.T

he

thre

e si

des

of t

he

tria

ngl

e m

easu

re 5

fee

t,9

feet

,an

d 9

feet

.Cla

ssif

y th

e tr

ian

gle

by i

tssi

des.

iso

scel

es

3.C

AR

PEN

TRY

Th

e su

ppor

ts o

f a

woo

dta

ble

are

in t

he

shap

e of

a r

igh

ttr

ian

gle.

Fin

d th

e th

ird

angl

e of

th

etr

ian

gle

if t

he

mea

sure

of

one

of t

he

angl

es i

s 23

�.67

4.M

APS

Th

e th

ree

tow

ns

of R

ipon

,S

part

a,an

d W

alke

r fo

rm a

tri

angl

e as

show

n b

elow

.Cla

ssif

y th

e tr

ian

gle

byit

s an

gles

an

d by

its

sid

es.W

hat

is

the

valu

e of

xin

th

e tr

ian

gle?

ob

tuse

,iso

scel

es;

38

38˚ 10

4˚˚x

Ripo

n

Spar

taW

alke

r

47 m

i30

mi

30 m

i

5.H

IKIN

GT

he

figu

re s

how

s th

e O

akC

reek

tra

il,w

hic

h i

s sh

aped

lik

e a

tria

ngl

e.C

lass

ify

the

tria

ngl

e by

its

angl

es a

nd

by i

ts s

ides

.W

hat

is

the

valu

e of

xin

th

e fi

gure

?

acu

te,s

cale

ne;

41

61˚

78˚

˚x

Rock

y Pe

ak

Mea

dow

Trai

l Hea

d

1.2

mi

0.8

mi

1.1

mi

Oak

Cree

k

6.LA

DD

ERT

he

figu

re s

how

s a

ladd

erle

anin

g ag

ain

st a

wal

l,fo

rmin

g a

tria

ngl

e.C

lass

ify

the

tria

ngl

e by

its

angl

es a

nd

by i

ts s

ides

.Wh

at i

s th

eva

lue

of x

in t

he

figu

re?

rig

ht,

scal

ene;

2466˚

˚x9

ft

4 ft

6MG

2.2,

6M

G2.

3

Answers (Lesson 10-4)

Chapter 10 A13 Glencoe California Mathematics, Grade 6

Page 112: Chapter 10 Resource Masters - MHSchooliv Teacher’s Guide to Using the Chapter 10 Resource Masters The Chapter 10 Resource Mastersincludes the core materials needed for Chapter 10.These

Use

log

ical

rea

son

ing

to s

olve

.

1.G

EOM

ETRY

Dra

w s

ever

al s

quar

es a

nd m

easu

re t

heir

int

erio

r an

gles

.Wha

tca

n yo

u co

nclu

de a

bout

the

mea

sure

s of

the

ang

les

of a

squ

are?

Did

you

use

indu

ctiv

e or

ded

ucti

ve r

easo

ning

?T

hey

are

eac

h 9

0°;i

nd

uct

ive.

2.M

ON

EYL

uke

is

inve

stin

g m

oney

in

a s

avin

gs a

ccou

nt.

Use

th

e fo

rmu

la

I�

Prt

wh

ere

Iis

th

e am

oun

t of

in

tere

st e

arn

ed,P

is t

he

prin

cipa

lam

oun

t of

mon

ey i

nve

sted

,ris

th

e in

tere

st r

ate,

and

tis

th

e le

ngt

h o

fti

me

the

mon

ey i

s in

vest

ed.I

f L

uke

in

vest

s 50

0 at

5%

in

tere

st f

or 1

yea

r,h

ow m

uch

in

tere

st w

ill

he

earn

? D

id y

ou u

se i

ndu

ctiv

e or

ded

uct

ive

reas

onin

g? $2

5;d

edu

ctiv

e

3.PA

TTER

NS

Wri

te a

ru

le t

o re

pres

ent

the

patt

ern

sh

own

bel

ow.D

id y

ou u

sein

duct

ive

or d

edu

ctiv

e re

ason

ing?

2,

4,6,

8,10

,…2n

;in

du

ctiv

e

4.ST

UD

ENT

CO

UN

CIL

Ch

en,S

ue

and

Jaco

b ar

e pr

esid

ent,

vice

pre

side

nt

and

secr

etar

y of

th

e st

ude

nt

cou

nci

l,n

ot n

eces

sari

ly i

n t

hat

ord

er.C

hen

an

dth

e vi

ce p

resi

den

t st

ayed

aft

er s

choo

l w

ith

Jac

ob t

o pl

an a

dan

ce.C

hen

is

not

th

e pr

esid

ent.

Wh

o is

th

e pr

esid

ent?

Jaco

b

5.G

EOM

ETRY

Dra

w s

ever

al p

aral

lelo

gram

s an

d m

easu

re t

hei

r si

des.

Wh

atca

n y

ou c

oncl

ude

abo

ut

the

mea

sure

s of

th

e op

posi

te s

ides

of

apa

rall

elog

ram

? D

id y

ou u

se i

ndu

ctiv

e or

ded

uct

ive

reas

onin

g?T

hey

are

co

ng

ruen

t;in

du

ctiv

e.

6.TR

AV

ELU

se t

he

form

ula

D�

rtw

her

e D

is t

he

dist

ance

,ris

th

e ra

te,a

nd

tis

th

e ti

me

to d

eter

min

e h

ow f

ar L

uci

nda

tra

vele

d if

sh

e dr

ove

65 m

iles

per

hou

r fo

r 6

hou

rs w

ith

out

stop

pin

g.D

id y

ou u

se i

ndu

ctiv

e or

ded

uct

ive

reas

onin

g?39

0 m

iles;

ded

uct

ive

NA

ME

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

DAT

E _

____

____

____

_P

ER

IOD

__

___

Cha

pter

10

35G

lenc

oe C

alifo

rnia

Mat

hem

atic

s, G

rade

6

Lesson 10–5

pygp

10-5

6MR

1.2,

6M

G2.

3Sk

ills

Prac

tice

Pro

blem

-So

lvin

g In

vest

igat

ion

:Use

Lo

gic

al R

easo

nin

g

Exam

ple

Use

th

e fo

rmu

la d

�rt

wh

ere

dis

dis

tan

ce,r

is r

ate,

and

tis

ti

me

to d

eter

min

e h

ow f

ar a

car

has

tra

vele

d a

fter

4 h

ours

if

it i

s tr

avel

ing

at a

rat

e of

65

mp

h.

NA

ME

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

DAT

E _

____

____

____

_P

ER

IOD

__

___

Cha

pter

10

34G

lenc

oe C

alifo

rnia

Mat

hem

atic

s, G

rade

6

Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

10-5

Logi

cal r

easo

ning

is a

met

hod

of p

robl

em s

olvi

ng t

hat

uses

ind

uct

ive

reas

on

ing

,mak

ing

a ru

le a

fter

seei

ng s

ever

al e

xam

ples

or

ded

uct

ing

rea

son

ing

,use

a r

ule

to m

ake

a de

cisi

on.

Exp

lore

You

kn

ow t

he

car

has

tra

vele

d fo

r 4

hou

rs a

t 65

mph

.P

lan

Try

a f

ew e

xam

ples

to

fin

d a

patt

ern

.M

ake

a ta

ble.

Sol

ve

Aft

er e

ach

hou

r th

e ca

r h

as t

rave

led

65 m

ore

mil

es.

So

afte

r 4

hou

rs t

he

car

wil

l h

ave

trav

eled

260

mil

es.

Exa

min

eT

he

form

ula

is

d �

rtso

d�

65 �

4 or

260

mi.

Hou

rs P

asse

dD

ista

nce

Tra

vele

d(i

n m

iles

)1

651.

597

.52

130

2.5

162.

53

195

t65

t

Sol

ve t

he

foll

owin

g p

rob

lem

s u

sin

g lo

gica

l re

ason

ing.

1.TR

AV

ELU

se t

he

form

ula

d�

rtw

her

e d

is t

he

dist

ance

,ris

th

e ra

te,a

nd

tis

th

e ti

me

to d

eter

min

e h

ow f

ar t

he

Mor

alez

fam

ily

has

tra

vele

d if

th

eyar

e dr

ivin

g at

a r

ate

of 7

2 m

iles

per

hou

r fo

r 9

hou

rs.

648

mile

s

2.C

ELL

PHO

NES

Det

erm

ine

the

cost

per

ph

one

call

if

Mar

ia m

ade

30 c

alls

last

mon

th a

nd

her

tot

al b

ill

for

the

mon

th w

as $

45.0

0.$1

.50

per

cal

l

3.M

USI

CS

arah

,Ju

an,a

nd

Der

rick

pla

y th

e pi

ano,

tru

mpe

t,an

d vi

olin

,bu

tn

ot n

eces

sari

ly i

n t

hat

ord

er.

Sar

ah a

nd

Der

rick

sit

on

eit

her

sid

e of

th

etr

um

pet

play

er.S

arah

doe

s n

ot p

lay

the

viol

in.W

ho

play

s th

e vi

olin

?D

erri

ck

Exer

cise

s

6MR

1.2,

6M

G2.

3St

udy

Guid

e an

d In

terv

entio

nP

rob

lem

-So

lvin

g In

vest

igat

ion

:U

se L

og

ical

Rea

son

ing

Answers (Lesson 10-5)

Chapter 10 A14 Glencoe California Mathematics, Grade 6

Page 113: Chapter 10 Resource Masters - MHSchooliv Teacher’s Guide to Using the Chapter 10 Resource Masters The Chapter 10 Resource Mastersincludes the core materials needed for Chapter 10.These

An

swer

s

NA

ME

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

DAT

E _

____

____

____

_P

ER

IOD

__

___

Cha

pter

10

37G

lenc

oe C

alifo

rnia

Mat

hem

atic

s, G

rade

6

Lesson 10–5

pygp

10-5

1.PH

YSI

CS

A b

all

is d

ropp

ed f

rom

a h

eigh

tof

40

feet

.If

the

ball

bou

nce

s �1 2�

as h

igh

on e

ach

su

cces

sive

bou

nce

,wh

at i

s th

eh

eigh

t on

th

e fo

urt

h b

oun

ce?

2�1 2�

feet

2.R

ECIP

ESS

haw

n i

s m

akin

g a

cake

.He

nee

ds a

tot

al o

f 3�

1 4�cu

ps o

f fl

our.

If h

eh

as a

lrea

dy a

dded

2�1 2�

cups

,how

mu

chm

ore

does

he

nee

d to

add

?D

A2

cups

C�1 2�

cup

B1

cup

D�3 4�

cup

3.G

EOM

ETRY

Dra

w s

ever

al p

enta

gon

san

d m

easu

re t

hei

r in

teri

or a

ngl

es.

Wh

at c

an y

ou c

oncl

ude

abo

ut

the

sum

of t

he

mea

sure

s of

th

e an

gles

of

ape

nta

gon

? D

id y

ou u

se i

ndu

ctiv

e or

dedu

ctiv

e re

ason

ing?

540°

;in

du

ctiv

e

4.PA

TTER

NS

Fin

d th

e n

ext

thre

e te

rms

is t

he

sequ

ence

.2,

5,9,

14,…

20,2

7,35

5.W

OR

KT

he

tabl

e be

low

sh

ows

how

mu

ch L

u g

ot p

aid

base

d on

th

e n

um

ber

of h

ours

sh

e ba

bysa

t.P

redi

ct h

er p

ayfo

r 7

hou

rs.

$35

6.G

EOM

ETRY

Use

th

e fo

rmu

la V

�B

hw

her

e V

is t

he

volu

me

of a

cyl

inde

r,B

is t

he

area

of

the

base

an

d h

is t

he

hei

ght

of t

he

cyli

nde

r to

fin

d th

evo

lum

e of

th

e cy

lin

der

belo

w.

28 in

3

B =

3.5

in2

h =

8 in

7.FR

AM

ING

A p

hot

ogra

ph i

s 8

in.b

y 10

in

.an

d is

to

be s

urr

oun

ded

by a

mat

that

is

1.5

in.a

ll a

rou

nd.

Wh

at w

ill

beth

e di

men

sion

s of

th

e pi

ctu

re a

nd

mat

toge

ther

?11

in.b

y 13

in.

8.SC

HO

OL

Stu

den

ts f

ille

d ou

t a

surv

eyab

out

thei

r fa

vori

te s

choo

l su

bjec

ts.T

he

resu

lts

are

show

n i

n t

he

bar

grap

hbe

low

.How

man

y m

ore

stu

den

ts l

iste

dE

ngl

ish

as

thei

r fa

vori

te s

ubj

ect

than

mat

h?

10

Soci

alSt

udie

sM

ath

Engl

ish

Scie

nce

20 10 030 25 15 5

Nu

mb

er o

f h

ours

Pay

1$5

2$1

03

$15

4$2

0

6MR

1.2,

6M

G2.

3W

ord

Prob

lem

Pra

ctic

eP

robl

em-S

olv

ing

Inve

stig

atio

n:U

se L

og

ical

Rea

son

ing

Sele

ct t

he

Op

erat

ion

Mix

ed P

rob

lem

Sol

vin

g

For

Exe

rcis

es 1

an

d 2

,use

log

ical

reas

onin

g to

sol

ve t

he

pro

ble

m.

1.TO

WN

ST

ia,B

ian

ca,a

nd

Hir

oko

live

in

the

tow

ns

of P

arks

ide,

Wes

tlak

e,an

dS

um

mer

vill

e,bu

t n

ot n

eces

sari

ly i

n t

hat

orde

r.T

ia a

nd

her

fri

end

that

liv

es i

nW

estl

ake

hel

ped

Bia

nca

wit

h h

er c

hor

es.

Bia

nca

doe

s n

ot l

ive

in P

arks

ide.

Wh

ere

does

Tia

liv

e? D

id y

ou u

se i

ndu

ctiv

e or

dedu

ctiv

e re

ason

ing?

Par

ksid

e;d

edu

ctiv

e re

aso

nin

g

2.G

EOM

ETRY

Dra

w a

rig

ht

tria

ngl

e.M

ark

the

mid

poin

ts o

f ea

ch s

ide

of t

he

tria

ngl

e an

d dr

aw a

sm

alle

r tr

ian

gle

byco

nn

ecti

ng

the

mid

poin

ts.D

o th

isse

vera

l m

ore

tim

es.W

hat

can

you

con

clu

de a

bou

t th

e sm

alle

r tr

ian

gle?

D

id y

ou u

se i

ndu

ctiv

e or

ded

uct

ive

reas

onin

g?T

he

smal

ler

tria

ng

le

is a

rig

ht

tria

ng

le.;

ind

uct

ive

reas

on

ing

Use

an

y st

rate

gy t

o so

lve

Exe

rcis

es 3

and

4.S

ome

stra

tegi

es a

re s

how

n b

elow

.

3.A

NG

LES

On

e an

gle

of a

tri

angl

e is

33°

less

th

an t

he

oth

er t

wo

angl

es.F

ind

the

mea

sure

s of

th

e an

gles

of

the

tria

ngl

e.D

id y

ou u

se i

ndu

ctiv

e or

ded

uct

ive

reas

onin

g?38

°,71

°,71

°;d

edu

ctiv

e re

aso

nin

g

4.M

ETEO

RIT

ESA

n a

stro

nom

er f

oun

d th

ree

met

eori

tes

wei

ghin

g 9.

4 po

un

ds,5

.7po

un

ds,a

nd

24.5

pou

nds

.If

1 ki

logr

amw

eigh

s 2.

2 po

un

ds,f

ind

the

aver

age

mas

s of

th

e m

eteo

rite

s in

kil

ogra

ms.

6 kg

For

Exe

rcis

es 5

an

d 6

,sel

ect

the

app

rop

riat

e op

erat

ion

(s)

to s

olve

th

ep

rob

lem

s.J

ust

ify

you

r se

lect

ion

s an

dso

lve

the

pro

ble

m.

5.PU

BLI

C T

RA

NSP

OR

TATI

ON

A b

us

stop

ped

at a

bu

s st

op a

nd

12 p

eopl

e go

t on

an

d 5

got

off.

At

the

nex

t st

op,1

4 pe

ople

got

on a

nd

3 go

t of

f.If

th

e n

um

ber

ofpa

ssen

gers

has

dou

bled

,fin

d th

en

um

ber

of p

asse

nge

rs o

n t

he

bus.

Su

btr

acti

on

,ad

dit

ion

an

dm

ult

iplic

atio

n;

12 �

5 �

7,14

�3

�11

;7

�11

�18

;18

�2

�36

6.D

ISC

OU

NTS

Th

e ta

ble

show

s th

edi

ffer

ent

disc

oun

ts t

wo

stor

es o

ffer

for

the

sam

e pr

odu

ct.W

hic

h s

tore

off

ers

the

bett

er p

rice

aft

er t

he

disc

oun

t is

app

lied

and

by h

ow m

uch

?

Su

btr

acti

on

an

d m

ult

iplic

atio

n;

0.25

�13

9 �

34.7

5;13

9.00

�34

.75

�10

4.25

129.

00 �

25.0

0 �

104.

00;

104.

25 �

104.

00 �

0.25

;S

tore

A;

$0.2

5

NA

ME

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

DAT

E _

____

____

____

_P

ER

IOD

__

___

Cha

pter

10

36G

lenc

oe C

alifo

rnia

Mat

hem

atic

s, G

rade

6

Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

10-5 P

RO

BL

EM

-SO

LVIN

G S

TR

AT

EG

IES

•U

se t

he fo

ur-s

tep

plan

.

•Lo

ok fo

r a

patte

rn.

•U

se a

gra

ph.

•U

se lo

gica

l rea

soni

ng.

Pri

ceD

isco

un

tS

tore

A$1

29.0

0$2

5S

tore

B$1

39.0

025

%

6MR

1.2,

6M

G2.

3Pr

actic

eP

robl

em-S

olv

ing

Inve

stig

atio

n:U

se L

og

ical

Rea

son

ing

Answers (Lesson 10-5)

Chapter 10 A15 Glencoe California Mathematics, Grade 6

Page 114: Chapter 10 Resource Masters - MHSchooliv Teacher’s Guide to Using the Chapter 10 Resource Masters The Chapter 10 Resource Mastersincludes the core materials needed for Chapter 10.These

Exam

ple

Exer

cise

s

Qua

drila

tera

ls c

an b

e cl

assi

fied

usin

g th

eir

angl

es a

nd s

ides

.The

bes

t de

scrip

tion

of a

qua

drila

tera

l is

the

one

that

is t

he m

ost

spec

ific.

Exam

ple

s

NA

ME

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

DAT

E _

____

____

____

_P

ER

IOD

__

___

Stud

y Gu

ide

and

Inte

rven

tion

Qu

adri

late

rals

Cha

pter

10

39G

lenc

oe C

alifo

rnia

Mat

hem

atic

s, G

rade

6

Lesson 10–6

pygp

10-6

Cla

ssif

y th

e q

uad

rila

tera

l u

sin

g th

e n

ame

that

bes

td

escr

ibes

it.

aT

he

quad

rila

tera

l is

a p

aral

lelo

gram

wit

h

4 co

ngr

uen

t si

des.

It i

s a

rhom

bus.

bT

he

quad

rila

tera

l h

as o

ne

pair

of

para

llel

sid

es.

It i

s a

trap

ezoi

d.

cT

he

quad

rila

tera

l is

a p

aral

lelo

gram

wit

h 4

rig

ht

angl

es.

It i

s a

rect

angl

e.

Fin

d t

he

mis

sin

g m

easu

re i

n t

he

qu

adri

late

ral.

100

�11

0�

60�

x�

360

Writ

e th

e eq

uatio

n.27

0�

x�

360

Sim

plify

.�

270

� 2

70S

ubtr

act

270

from

x

�90

each

sid

e.S

o,th

e m

issi

ng

mea

sure

is

90°.

Cla

ssif

y th

e q

uad

rila

tera

l u

sin

g th

e n

ame

that

bes

td

escr

ibes

it.

1.2.

3.

Fin

d t

he

mis

sin

g an

gle

mea

sure

in

eac

h q

uad

rila

tera

l.

4.5.

111�

6.

125˚

54˚

96˚

x˚95

˚

72˚

82˚

x˚13

88˚

45˚

100˚

110˚

60˚

Rec

tan

gle

para

llelo

gram

with

4 rig

ht a

ngle

s

Trap

ezo

id

one

pair

of p

aral

lel

side

s

Rh

om

bus

para

llelo

gram

with

4 co

ngru

ent

side

s

Sq

uar

e

para

llelo

gram

with

4 rig

ht a

ngle

s an

d4

cong

ruen

t si

des

Par

alle

log

ram

oppo

site

sid

es

para

llel a

nd

oppo

site

sid

es

cong

ruen

t

qu

adri

late

ral

rho

mbu

sp

aral

lelo

gra

m

85°

92�

6MG2.3

NA

ME

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

DAT

E _

____

____

____

_P

ER

IOD

__

___

Less

on R

eadi

ng G

uide

Q

uad

rila

tera

ls

Cha

pter

10

38G

lenc

oe C

alifo

rnia

Mat

hem

atic

s, G

rade

6

Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

10-6

Get

Rea

dy

for

the

Less

on

Rea

d t

he

intr

odu

ctio

n a

t th

e to

p o

f p

age

533

in y

our

text

boo

k.

Wri

te y

our

answ

ers

bel

ow.

1.D

escr

ibe

the

angl

es i

nsi

de t

he

fou

r-si

ded

figu

re.

two

acu

te a

nd

tw

o o

btu

se a

ng

les

2.W

hic

h s

ides

of

the

figu

re a

ppea

r to

be

para

llel

?to

p a

nd

bo

tto

m

3.W

hic

h s

ides

app

ear

to b

e co

ngr

uen

t?le

ft a

nd

rig

ht

Rea

d t

he

Less

on

4.In

th

e di

agra

m o

f qu

adri

late

rals

on

pag

e 53

3,w

hat

do

the

arro

wh

eads

on

the

para

llel

ogra

m a

nd

trap

ezoi

d in

dica

te?

Op

po

site

sid

es a

re p

aral

lel.

5.W

hy

are

all

the

figu

res

on t

he

page

cal

led

quad

rila

tera

ls?

All

fig

ure

s h

ave

fou

r si

des

.

6.H

ow i

s a

trap

ezoi

d di

ffer

ent

from

a r

hom

bus,

a sq

uar

e,an

d a

rect

angl

e?S

amp

le a

nsw

er:

A t

rap

ezo

id h

as o

ne

pai

r o

f p

aral

lel s

ides

.Arh

om

bus,

a sq

uar

e,an

d a

rec

tan

gle

hav

e tw

o p

airs

of

par

alle

l sid

es.

7.In

th

e di

agra

ms

of t

he

para

llel

ogra

m,r

hom

bus,

squ

are,

and

rect

angl

e,h

ow d

o yo

u k

now

th

at c

erta

in s

ides

are

con

gru

ent?

Sam

ple

an

swer

:T

ick

mar

ks in

dic

ate

con

gru

ent

sid

es;

sin

gle

an

d d

ou

ble

tic

km

arks

ind

icat

e d

iffe

ren

t le

ng

ths

of

con

gru

ent

sid

es.

Rem

emb

er W

hat

Yo

u L

earn

ed8.

Wor

k w

ith

a p

artn

er.T

ake

turn

s dr

awin

g qu

adri

late

rals

.Hav

e th

e ot

her

pers

on g

ive

all

poss

ible

nam

es f

or t

he

quad

rila

tera

l.T

hen

dec

ide

on t

he

best

nam

e fo

r th

e qu

adri

late

ral.

For

exa

mpl

e,if

on

e pe

rson

dra

ws

asq

uar

e,th

e ot

her

per

son

sh

ould

say

th

at i

t is

a q

uad

rila

tera

l,a

para

llel

ogra

m,a

rec

tan

gle,

and

a rh

ombu

s,bu

t th

e be

st n

ame

for

the

figu

re i

s a

squ

are.

See

stu

den

ts’w

ork

.

6MG

2.3

Answers (Lesson 10-6)

Chapter 10 A16 Glencoe California Mathematics, Grade 6

Page 115: Chapter 10 Resource Masters - MHSchooliv Teacher’s Guide to Using the Chapter 10 Resource Masters The Chapter 10 Resource Mastersincludes the core materials needed for Chapter 10.These

An

swer

s

Cla

ssif

y ea

ch q

uad

rila

tera

l u

sin

g th

e n

ame

that

bes

t d

escr

ibes

it.

1.2.

3.

rect

ang

lep

aral

lelo

gra

mq

uad

rila

tera

l

4.5.

6.

trap

ezo

id

rho

mbu

sp

aral

lelo

gra

m

ALG

EBR

AF

ind

th

e m

issi

ng

angl

e m

easu

re i

n e

ach

qu

adri

late

ral.

7.77

°8.

102°

9.13

10.

55°

11.

70°

12.

28°

Fin

d t

he

mis

sin

g m

easu

re i

n e

ach

qu

adri

late

ral

wit

h t

he

give

n a

ngl

em

easu

res.

13.

63.2

°,56

°,11

1.7°

,x°

129.

1°14

.31

.7°,

x°,1

61.3

°,51

.4°

115.

15.

x°,1

22.4

°,53

.7°,

90°

93.9

°16

.83

.7°,

137.

2°,x

°,28

.5°

110.

17.

ALG

EBR

AF

ind

m�

Cin

qu

adri

late

ral

AB

CD

if m

�A

�11

0°,m

�B

�88

°,an

d m

�D

�55

°.10

7°18

.A

LGEB

RA

Wh

at i

s m

�Z

in q

uad

rila

tera

l W

XY

Zif

m�

W�

86°,

m�

X�

88°,

and

m�

Y�

92°?

94°

ALG

EBR

AF

ind

th

e va

lue

of x

in e

ach

qu

adri

late

ral.

19.

113.

520

.12

021

.30

3x˚

3x˚

3x˚

3x˚

60˚

60˚

x˚68

˚65

˚

x˚x˚

152˚ x˚

120˚11

0˚60

˚

125˚

130˚

50˚̊

50˚̊

x˚12

6˚78

˚̊54

˚̊

107˚

96˚̊

80˚̊

NA

ME

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

DA

TE

___

____

____

___

PE

RIO

D

____

_

Prac

tice

Qu

adri

late

rals

Cha

pter

10

41G

lenc

oe C

alifo

rnia

Mat

hem

atic

s, G

rade

6

Lesson 10–6

pygp

10-6

6MG

2.3

NA

ME

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

DAT

E _

____

____

____

_P

ER

IOD

__

___

Skill

s Pr

actic

eQ

uad

rila

tera

ls

Cha

pter

10

40G

lenc

oe C

alifo

rnia

Mat

hem

atic

s, G

rade

6

Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

10-6

Cla

ssif

y th

e q

uad

rila

tera

l u

sin

g th

e n

ame

that

bes

td

escr

ibes

it.

1.2.

3.

par

alle

log

ram

rect

ang

lesq

uar

e

4.5.

6.

trap

ezo

idq

uad

rila

tera

lrh

om

bus

7.8.

9.

par

alle

log

ram

rho

mbu

str

apez

oid

Fin

d t

he

mis

sin

g an

gle

mea

sure

of

each

qu

adri

late

ral.

10.

11.

12.

128�

40�

115�

13.

14.

15.

77�

75�

116�

64˚

77˚99

˚10

72˚12

89˚ 92˚

64˚

x˚13

5˚11

0˚ 75˚

52˚

6MG

2.3

Answers (Lesson 10-6)

Chapter 10 A17 Glencoe California Mathematics, Grade 6

Page 116: Chapter 10 Resource Masters - MHSchooliv Teacher’s Guide to Using the Chapter 10 Resource Masters The Chapter 10 Resource Mastersincludes the core materials needed for Chapter 10.These

NA

ME

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

DAT

E _

____

____

____

_P

ER

IOD

__

___

Enri

chm

ent

Cha

pter

10

43G

lenc

oe C

alifo

rnia

Mat

hem

atic

s, G

rade

6

Lesson 10–6

pygp

10-6

The

Co

lorm

atch

Sq

uar

eT

o w

ork

this

pu

zzle

,cu

t ou

t th

e 16

til

es a

t th

e bo

ttom

of

this

pag

e.T

he

goal

of

the

puzz

le i

s to

cre

ate

a sq

uar

e so

th

at t

he

side

s of

an

y pa

ir o

f ad

jace

nt

tile

sm

atch

.You

are

not

all

owed

to

rota

te a

ny

of t

he

tile

s.

1.C

ompl

ete

the

solu

tion

to

the

colo

rmat

ch s

quar

e pu

zzle

bel

ow.

2.F

ind

at l

east

on

e ot

her

sol

uti

on i

n w

hic

h t

he

A t

ile

is i

n t

he

upp

er l

eft

corn

er.

Th

ere

are

10 o

ther

so

luti

on

s w

ith

A in

th

e u

pp

er le

ft c

orn

er a

nd

50

un

iqu

e so

luti

on

s in

all.

AD

PN

BG

LO

H

M

C

IK

J

FE

A D

Whi

tesq

uare

sm

atch

.

P N

B G L O

H M C I

K J F E

6MG

2.3

NA

ME

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

DAT

E _

____

____

____

_P

ER

IOD

__

___

Wor

d Pr

oble

m P

ract

ice

Qu

adri

late

rals

Cha

pter

10

42G

lenc

oe C

alifo

rnia

Mat

hem

atic

s, G

rade

6

Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

10-6

1.K

ITES

A k

ite

is s

how

n b

elow

.Wh

at i

sth

e be

st n

ame

to c

lass

ify

the

shap

e of

the

kite

? E

xpla

in.

qu

adri

late

ral;

Sam

ple

an

swer

:T

he

kite

is a

fo

ur-

sid

ed f

igu

re.I

td

oes

no

t fi

t th

e d

escr

ipti

on

of

any

oth

er q

uad

rila

tera

l in

th

ele

sso

n.

2.M

APS

A m

ap s

how

ing

the

road

con

nec

tin

g th

e to

wn

s of

Pik

e,H

uds

on,

Pla

cid,

and

Alt

on i

s sh

own

.Th

e ro

adco

nn

ecti

ng

Pik

e an

d H

uds

on i

s pa

rall

elto

th

e ro

ad c

onn

ecti

ng

Alt

on a

nd

Pla

cid.

Wh

at i

s th

e be

st n

ame

tocl

assi

fy t

he

shap

e of

th

e ro

ads

con

nec

tin

g th

e fo

ur

tow

ns?

Exp

lain

.

trap

ezo

id;

Sam

ple

an

swer

:Tw

oo

f th

e ro

ads

are

go

ing

Eas

t to

Wes

t,so

th

ey a

re p

aral

lel.

So

,th

e q

uad

rila

tera

l is

a tr

apez

oid

.

Huds

onPi

ke

Plac

idAl

tonN

3.A

RT

A p

ictu

re f

ram

e is

sh

own

bel

ow.

Wh

at i

s th

e be

stn

ame

to c

lass

ify

the

shap

e of

th

e fr

ame?

squ

are

1 ft

1 ft

4.SC

HO

OL

SUPP

LIES

Th

e si

de v

iew

of

aner

aser

is

show

n b

elow

.Wh

at i

s th

e be

stn

ame

to c

lass

ify

the

shap

e of

th

eer

aser

?

par

alle

log

ram

5.PA

RTY

Th

e fr

ont

of a

bir

thda

y pa

rty

invi

tati

on i

s sh

own

bel

ow.F

ind

the

mea

sure

of

the

mis

sin

g an

gle.

60�

60˚

120˚

120˚

x˚PA

RTY!

6.TA

BLE

Th

e to

p of

Mr.

Bau

tist

a’s

new

coff

ee t

able

is

show

n b

elow

.Fin

d th

em

easu

re o

f th

e m

issi

ng

angl

e.

80�

60˚

120˚

100˚x˚

6MG

2.3

Answers (Lesson 10-6)

Chapter 10 A18 Glencoe California Mathematics, Grade 6

Page 117: Chapter 10 Resource Masters - MHSchooliv Teacher’s Guide to Using the Chapter 10 Resource Masters The Chapter 10 Resource Mastersincludes the core materials needed for Chapter 10.These

An

swer

s

Exer

cise

s

Exam

ple

1

NA

ME

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

DAT

E _

____

____

____

_P

ER

IOD

__

___

Stud

y Gu

ide

and

Inte

rven

tion

Sim

ilar

Fig

ure

s

Cha

pter

10

45G

lenc

oe C

alifo

rnia

Mat

hem

atic

s, G

rade

6

Lesson 10–7

pygp

10-7

If M

NO

P�

RS

TU

,fin

d t

he

len

gth

of

S�T�

.

Sin

ce t

he

two

figu

res

are

sim

ilar

,th

e ra

tios

of

thei

r co

rres

pon

din

gsi

des

are

equ

al.Y

ou c

an w

rite

an

d so

lve

a pr

opor

tion

to

fin

d S�

T�.

� UPO T�

��N S

TO �W

rite

a pr

opor

tion.

� 27 8��

� n5 �Le

t n

repr

esen

t th

e le

ngth

of

ST

.T

hen

subs

titut

e.

7n�

28(5

)F

ind

the

cros

s pr

oduc

ts.

7n�

140

Sim

plify

.

n�

20D

ivid

e ea

ch s

ide

by 7

.

Th

e le

ngt

h o

f S�

T�is

20

feet

.

Fin

d t

he

valu

e of

xin

eac

h p

air

of s

imil

ar f

igu

res.

1.2.

15 m

6 ft

3.4.

18 y

d15

in.

6 in

.

5 in

.

18 in

.

BC D

A

FG H

E

x

9 yd

5 yd

10 y

dM

N OP

RS T

U

x

2 ft

4 ft

I

G

K

H

L

J

x

12 ft

3 m

5 m

A

B

F

C

D

Ex

9 m

Fig

ures

tha

t ha

ve t

he s

ame

shap

e bu

t no

t ne

cess

arily

the

sa

me

size

are

sim

ilar

figur

es.T

he s

ymbo

l �m

eans

is

sim

ilar

to.Y

ou c

an u

se p

ropo

rtio

ns t

o fin

d th

e m

issi

ng

leng

th o

f a

side

in a

pai

r of

sim

ilar

figur

es.

For

exa

mpl

e �

AB

C�

�D

EF.

Cor

resp

ondi

ng a

ngle

sC

orre

spon

ding

sid

es

� A

��

D� 15 0�

��4 8�

��3 6�

�B

��

E

�C

��

F

7 ft

5 ft

28 ft

MN O

P

RS T

U

4

3A

B

FC

D

E

810

6

5

6NS

1.3

NA

ME

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

DAT

E _

____

____

____

_P

ER

IOD

__

___

Less

on R

eadi

ng G

uide

S

imila

r F

igu

res

Cha

pter

10

44G

lenc

oe C

alifo

rnia

Mat

hem

atic

s, G

rade

6

Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

10-7

Get

Rea

dy

for

the

Less

on

Com

ple

te t

he

Min

i L

ab i

n y

our

text

boo

k.W

rite

you

r an

swer

s b

elow

.

1.A�

B�on

th

e sm

alle

r re

ctan

gle

mat

ches

E�F�

on t

he

larg

er r

ecta

ngl

e.N

ame

all

pair

s of

mat

chin

g si

des

in e

ach

pai

r of

fig

ure

s.A�

B�an

d E�

F�,B�

C�an

d F�

G�,

C�D�

and

G�H�

,D�A�

and

H�E�

,R�T�

and

X�Z�,

S�T�

and

Y�Z�

,R�S�

and

X�Y�

2.W

rite

eac

h r

atio

in

sim

ples

t fo

rm.

a.�A E

B F�;�

FBGC �

;�HD

GC �;�

EAHD �

�1 3� ;�1 3� ;

�1 3� ;�1 3�

b.

�R XYS �

;�S Y

T Z�;�

R XZT �

2;2;

2

3.W

hat

do

you

not

ice

abou

t th

e ra

tios

of

mat

chin

g si

des.

Th

ey a

re e

qu

al.

4.N

ame

all

pair

s of

mat

chin

g an

gles

in

th

e fi

gure

s ab

ove.

Wh

at d

o yo

un

otic

e ab

out

the

mea

sure

of

thes

e an

gles

?�

A a

nd

�E

,�B

,an

d �

F,�

C a

nd

�G

,�D

an

d �

H;

�R

an

d �

X,�

T,an

d �

Z,�

S,a

nd

�Y

;Th

ey a

re e

qu

al.

5.M

AK

E A

CO

NJE

CTU

RE

abou

t fi

gure

s th

at h

ave

the

sam

e sh

ape

but

not

n

eces

sari

ly t

he

sam

e si

ze.

Sam

ple

an

swer

:S

imila

r fi

gu

res

hav

eco

rres

po

nd

ing

sid

es t

hat

fo

rm e

qu

al r

atio

s an

d t

hei

r co

rres

po

nd

ing

ang

les

are

con

gru

ent.

Rea

d t

he

Less

on

6.W

rite

th

e st

atem

ent

�A

BC

��

DE

Fin

wor

ds.

Tria

ng

le A

BC

is s

imila

r to

tria

ng

le D

EF

.

7.W

rite

th

e st

atem

ent

�A

��

Din

wor

ds.

An

gle

Ais

co

ng

ruen

t to

an

gle

D.

8.S

upp

ose

you

kn

ow t

hat

tw

o fi

gure

s ar

e si

mil

ar,a

nd

that

th

e fo

llow

ing

corr

espo

ndi

ng

side

s ar

e pr

opor

tion

al:s

ide

JK

corr

espo

nds

to

side

DE

,an

dsi

de K

Lco

rres

pon

ds t

o si

de E

F.H

ow w

ould

you

wri

te a

pro

port

ion

to

fin

dth

e le

ngt

h o

f si

de K

Lif

th

e le

ngt

hs

of a

ll o

ther

sid

es a

re k

now

n?

Sam

ple

an

swer

:� DJK

E��

�K EFL �

Rem

emb

er W

hat

Yo

u L

earn

ed9.

Th

ink

of a

rea

l-li

fe e

xam

ple

that

you

cou

ld m

easu

re u

sin

g in

dire

ct

mea

sure

men

t if

you

wer

e gi

ven

a m

inia

ture

rep

lica

of

you

r ex

ampl

e.E

xpla

in h

ow y

ou c

ould

fin

d an

un

know

n m

easu

rem

ent

usi

ng

know

n

mea

sure

men

ts o

f yo

ur

exam

ple

and

the

mea

sure

men

ts o

f th

e re

plic

a.S

ee s

tud

ents

’w

ork

.Fo

r ex

amp

le,t

he

bas

e o

f th

e E

mp

ire

Sta

te B

uild

ing

is 7

,240

met

ers

by 1

29 m

eter

s,an

d t

he

build

ing

is 4

43.2

met

ers

to t

he

top

of

the

ligh

tnin

g r

od

.Yo

u c

ou

ld u

se a

rep

lica

of

the

Em

pir

e S

tate

Bu

ildin

g,

mea

sure

th

e b

ase

of

the

mo

del

an

d s

et u

p a

pro

po

rtio

n u

sin

g t

he

hei

gh

to

f th

e m

od

el t

o f

ind

th

e h

eig

ht

of

the

Em

pir

e S

tate

Bu

ildin

g.

6NS

1.3

Answers (Lesson 10-7)

Chapter 10 A19 Glencoe California Mathematics, Grade 6

Page 118: Chapter 10 Resource Masters - MHSchooliv Teacher’s Guide to Using the Chapter 10 Resource Masters The Chapter 10 Resource Mastersincludes the core materials needed for Chapter 10.These

1.W

hic

h r

ecta

ngl

e is

sim

ilar

to

rect

angl

e R

ST

U?

rect

ang

le E

FG

H

2.W

hic

h t

rian

gle

is s

imil

ar t

o tr

ian

gle

XY

Z?

tria

ng

le F

GH

Fin

d t

he

valu

e of

xin

eac

h p

air

of s

imil

ar f

igu

res.

3.4.

24

2.8

5.6.

54.

5

7.FL

AG

POLE

ST

ash

a w

ants

to

fin

d th

e h

eigh

t of

the

flag

pole

at

sch

ool.

On

e m

orn

ing,

she

dete

rmin

es t

he

flag

pole

cas

ts a

sh

adow

of

12 f

eet.

If T

ash

a is

5 f

eet

tall

an

d ca

sts

a sh

adow

of

3 fe

et,w

hat

is

the

hei

ght

of t

he

flag

pole

?20

ft

12 ft

x ft

3 ft

5 ft

4.2

mm

1.5

mm

12.6

mm

x m

m15

in.

8 in

.24

in.

x in

.

2 ft

5 ft

7 ft

x ft

6 cm

12 c

m12

cm

x cm

X

YZ

3024

PR

T10

14

C

F

HG

B

A32

3526

28

RS T

U3

5

AB C

D5

5

EF

MN

QP

GH6

8

102

NA

ME

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

DAT

E _

____

____

____

_P

ER

IOD

__

___

Prac

tice

Sim

ilar

Fig

ure

s

Cha

pter

10

47G

lenc

oe C

alifo

rnia

Mat

hem

atic

s, G

rade

6

Lesson 10–7

pygp

10-7

6NS

1.3

NA

ME

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

DAT

E _

____

____

____

_P

ER

IOD

__

___

Skill

s Pr

actic

eS

imila

r F

igu

res

Cha

pter

10

46G

lenc

oe C

alifo

rnia

Mat

hem

atic

s, G

rade

6

Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

10-7

Fin

d t

he

valu

e of

xin

eac

h p

air

of s

imil

ar f

igu

res.

1.2.

8 ft

21 m

3.4.

21 f

t30

cm

5.6.

6 m

m16

in.

Det

erm

ine

wh

eth

er e

ach

pai

r of

fig

ure

s is

sim

ilar

.Ju

stif

y yo

ur

answ

er.

7.8.

yes;

Sam

ple

an

swer

:n

o;

Sam

ple

an

swer

:� 28 4�

��1 45 0�

� 19 8��

� 17 4� ;

corr

esp

on

din

gan

gle

s ar

e co

ng

ruen

t.

24 m

40 m

15 m

8 m

D

F

EA

C

B

7 cm

9 cm

14 c

m

18 c

m

15 in

.

12 in

.

20 in

.

BC

DA

EF

GH

x

6 m

m

4 m

m

M

OQ

N

P

Rx

9 m

m

10 c

m

7 cm

21 c

m

BC

DA

FG

HE

x

12 ft

14 ft

A

B

E

CF

G

x

18 ft

H

D

7 m

3 mN

M

R

O

Q

P

x9

m4

ft

3 ftA

B

F

C

D

Ex

6 ft

6NS

1.3

Answers (Lesson 10-7)

Chapter 10 A20 Glencoe California Mathematics, Grade 6

Page 119: Chapter 10 Resource Masters - MHSchooliv Teacher’s Guide to Using the Chapter 10 Resource Masters The Chapter 10 Resource Mastersincludes the core materials needed for Chapter 10.These

An

swer

s

NA

ME

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

DAT

E _

____

____

____

_P

ER

IOD

__

___

Enri

chm

ent

Cha

pter

10

49G

lenc

oe C

alifo

rnia

Mat

hem

atic

s, G

rade

6

Lesson 10–7

pygp

10-7

Sim

ilar

Fig

ure

s an

d A

reas

Th

e ar

eas

of t

wo

sim

ilar

fig

ure

s ar

e re

late

d in

a

spec

ial

way

.Su

ppos

e th

at r

ecta

ngl

e A

is

2 u

nit

s by

3u

nit

s an

d re

ctan

gle

B i

s 4

un

its

by 6

un

its.

Th

e ar

ea o

f re

ctan

gle

A i

s 2

�3

�6

un

its2

.

Th

e ar

ea o

f re

ctan

gle

B i

s 4

�6

�24

un

its2

.

Th

e le

ngt

hs

of t

he

side

s of

rec

tan

gle

B a

re t

wic

e th

ose

of

rect

angl

e A

an

d th

e ar

ea o

f re

ctan

gle

B i

s fo

ur

tim

es t

hat

of

rect

angl

e A

.

Sk

etch

fig

ure

B s

imil

ar t

o fi

gure

A a

nd

sat

isfy

ing

the

give

n c

ond

itio

n.

1.R

ecta

ngl

e B

has

six

teen

tim

es t

he

area

of

rect

angl

e A

.

2.S

quar

e B

has

an

are

a th

at i

s 4

tim

es t

hat

of

squ

are

A.

3.C

ircl

e B

has

an

are

a fo

ur

tim

es t

hat

of

circ

le A

.

Circ

le B

Circ

le A

1.5

Squ

are

BS

quar

e A

2

2

Rec

tang

le B

Rec

tang

le A

31

Rec

tang

le B

Rec

tang

le A

36

42

6NS

1.3

NA

ME

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

DAT

E _

____

____

____

_P

ER

IOD

__

___

Wor

d Pr

oble

m P

ract

ice

Sim

ilar

Fig

ure

s

Cha

pter

10

48G

lenc

oe C

alifo

rnia

Mat

hem

atic

s, G

rade

6

Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

10-7

MO

DEL

CA

RS

For

Exe

rcis

es 1

an

d 2

,use

th

e fo

llow

ing

info

rmat

ion

.A s

cale

mod

el r

acin

g ca

r is

11

inch

es l

ong,

3 in

ches

wid

e,an

d 2

in

ches

tal

l.T

he

actu

al r

acin

g ca

r is

sh

own

at

the

righ

t.

PHO

TOG

RA

PHY

For

Exe

rcis

es 3

–4,u

se t

he

give

n

info

rmat

ion

.Jam

es w

ants

to

enla

rge

a p

hot

ogra

ph

th

at

is 6

in

ches

wid

e an

d 4

in

ches

tal

l so

th

at i

t fi

ts i

nto

th

e fr

ame

show

n.

30 in

.

22 ft

1.H

ow w

ide

is t

he

actu

al r

acin

g ca

r?

6 ft

2.H

ow t

all

is t

he

actu

al r

acin

g ca

r?4

ft

3.H

ow t

all

mu

st t

he

fram

e be

for

th

epi

ctu

re t

o fi

t?20

in.

4.S

upp

ose

Jam

es c

uts

1 i

nch

fro

m

the

wid

th o

f th

e ph

oto,

so t

hat

it

is 5

in

ches

wid

e,be

fore

he

mak

es t

he

enla

rgem

ent.

How

tal

l w

ill

the

fram

eh

ave

to b

e fo

r th

e pi

ctu

re t

o fi

t?24

in.

5.M

APS

A m

ap b

elow

sh

ows

the

tow

ns

ofD

over

,Bu

tler

,an

d L

odi.

If t

he

actu

aldi

stan

ce b

etw

een

Dov

er a

nd

Bu

tler

is

24 m

iles

,how

far

is

it f

rom

Dov

er t

oL

odi?

32 m

iLo

di

Butle

rDo

ver

4 in

. 3 in

.

6.B

LUEP

RIN

TSA

blu

epri

nt

for

a h

ouse

is

show

n b

elow

.If

the

fron

t of

th

e h

ouse

is a

ctu

ally

30

feet

wid

e,h

ow t

all

is t

he

hou

se?

35 f

t12

in.

14 in

.

6NS

1.3

Answers (Lesson 10-7)

Chapter 10 A21 Glencoe California Mathematics, Grade 6

Page 120: Chapter 10 Resource Masters - MHSchooliv Teacher’s Guide to Using the Chapter 10 Resource Masters The Chapter 10 Resource Mastersincludes the core materials needed for Chapter 10.These

Exam

ple

s

Exer

cise

s

NA

ME

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

DAT

E _

____

____

____

_P

ER

IOD

__

___

Stud

y Gu

ide

and

Inte

rven

tion

Po

lyg

on

s an

d T

esse

llati

on

s

Cha

pter

10

51G

lenc

oe C

alifo

rnia

Mat

hem

atic

s, G

rade

6

Lesson 10–8

pygp

10-8

Det

erm

ine

wh

eth

er e

ach

fig

ure

is

a p

olyg

on.I

f it

is,

clas

sify

th

ep

olyg

on a

nd

sta

te w

het

her

it

is r

egu

lar.

If i

t is

not

a p

olyg

on,

exp

lain

wh

y.

Th

e fi

gure

has

5 c

ongr

uen

t si

des

Th

e fi

gure

is

not

a p

olyg

onan

d 5

con

gru

ent

angl

es.I

t is

a

beca

use

it

has

sid

es t

hat

ove

rlap

.re

gula

r pe

nta

gon

.

Det

erm

ine

wh

eth

er e

ach

fig

ure

is

a p

olyg

on.I

f it

is,

clas

sify

th

ep

olyg

on a

nd

sta

te w

het

her

it

is r

egu

lar.

If i

t is

not

a p

olyg

on,e

xpla

inw

hy.

1.2.

3.

tria

ng

leN

ot

a p

oly

go

n;

it

has

a c

urv

ed s

ide.

reg

ula

r p

enta

go

n

4.5.

6.

No

t a

po

lyg

on

;it

isre

gu

lar

qu

adri

late

ral

hex

ago

nn

ot

clo

sed

.(s

qu

are)

120˚

A p

oly

go

nis

a s

impl

e, c

lose

d fig

ure

form

ed b

y th

ree

or m

ore

stra

ight

line

s.A

sim

ple

figur

e do

es n

otha

ve li

nes

that

cro

ss e

ach

othe

r.Yo

u ha

ve d

raw

n a

clos

ed f

igur

e w

hen

your

pen

cil e

nds

up w

here

itst

arte

d.P

olyg

ons

can

be c

lass

ified

by

the

num

ber

of s

ides

the

y ha

ve.

A p

olyg

on t

hat

has

all s

ides

con

grue

nt a

nd a

ll an

gles

con

grue

nt is

cal

led

a re

gu

lar

po

lyg

on

.

deca

gon

10 s

ides

nona

gon

9 si

des

octa

gon

8 si

des

hept

agon

7 si

des

hexa

gon

6 si

des

pent

agon

5 si

des

6MR

2.2

, 6A

F3.

2

NA

ME

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

DAT

E _

____

____

____

_P

ER

IOD

__

___

Less

on R

eadi

ng G

uide

Po

lyg

on

s an

d T

esse

llati

on

s

Cha

pter

10

50G

lenc

oe C

alifo

rnia

Mat

hem

atic

s, G

rade

6

Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

10-8

Get

Rea

dy

for

the

Less

on

Rea

d t

he

intr

odu

ctio

n a

t th

e to

p o

f p

age

546

in y

our

text

boo

k.W

rite

you

r an

swer

s b

elow

.

1.F

ind

the

diff

eren

ce b

etw

een

th

e sh

apes

of

the

stat

es i

n G

rou

p 1

and

the

shap

es o

f th

e st

ates

in

Gro

up

2.S

amp

le a

nsw

er:T

he

bo

rder

s o

f st

ates

in G

rou

p 1

are

str

aig

ht.

Th

e b

ord

ers

of

stat

es in

Gro

up

2 a

re n

ot

stra

igh

t.

2.W

hy

do m

ost

stat

es h

ave

bou

nda

ries

th

at a

re n

ot s

trai

ght

lin

e se

gmen

ts?

Sam

ple

an

swer

:Th

ey u

se n

atu

ral b

ou

nd

arie

s lik

e ri

vers

an

dla

kes.

Rea

d t

he

Less

on

3.H

ow m

any

stra

igh

t li

nes

can

a p

olyg

on h

ave?

thre

e o

r m

ore

4.W

hat

is

a si

mpl

e fi

gure

?S

amp

le a

nsw

er:

a fi

gu

re t

hat

do

es n

ot

hav

e lin

es t

hat

cro

ss e

ach

oth

er

5.W

hen

you

dra

w a

fig

ure

,how

can

you

tel

l w

het

her

or

not

it

is c

lose

d?S

amp

le a

nsw

er:T

he

fig

ure

is c

lose

d if

,wh

en y

ou

dra

w it

,th

ep

enci

l en

ds

up

wh

ere

it s

tart

ed.

6.H

ow d

o yo

u f

ind

the

sum

of

the

angl

e m

easu

res

in a

reg

ula

r po

lygo

n?

Sam

ple

an

swer

:D

raw

all

of

the

dia

go

nal

s fr

om

on

e ve

rtex

,co

un

t th

e n

um

ber

of

tria

ng

les

form

ed,a

nd

mu

ltip

ly b

y 18

0�.

7.In

th

is l

esso

n,t

he

term

s ve

rtex

and

vert

ices

are

use

d.H

ow a

re t

he

term

sre

late

d?S

amp

le a

nsw

er:

Ver

tice

sis

th

e p

lura

l of

vert

ex.

Rem

emb

er W

hat

Yo

u L

earn

ed8.

Usi

ng

dot

pape

r,dr

aw a

tes

sell

atio

n d

iffe

ren

t fr

om t

he

ones

sh

own

in

th

isle

sson

.You

can

use

all

th

e sa

me

shap

e or

you

can

use

com

bin

atio

ns

ofsh

apes

th

at f

orm

pat

tern

s.S

har

e yo

ur

wor

k w

ith

you

r cl

ass.

See

stu

den

ts’w

ork

.

6MR

2.2

, 6A

F3.

2

Answers (Lesson 10-8)

Chapter 10 A22 Glencoe California Mathematics, Grade 6

Page 121: Chapter 10 Resource Masters - MHSchooliv Teacher’s Guide to Using the Chapter 10 Resource Masters The Chapter 10 Resource Mastersincludes the core materials needed for Chapter 10.These

An

swer

s

Det

erm

ine

wh

eth

er e

ach

fig

ure

is

a p

olyg

on.I

f it

is,

clas

sify

th

e p

olyg

onan

d s

tate

wh

eth

er i

t is

reg

ula

r.If

it

is n

ot a

pol

ygon

,exp

lain

wh

y.

1.2.

3.

4.5.

6.

Fin

d t

he

mea

sure

of

an a

ngl

e in

eac

h p

olyg

on i

f th

e p

olyg

on i

s re

gula

r.R

oun

d t

oth

e n

eare

st t

enth

of

a d

egre

e if

nec

essa

ry.

7.do

deca

gon

8.

14-g

on9.

18-g

on10

.36

-gon

(12-

side

d)15

0°15

4.3°

160°

170°

Cla

ssif

y th

e p

olyg

ons

that

are

use

d t

o cr

eate

eac

h t

esse

llat

ion

.

11.

12.

13.

Wh

at i

s th

e pe

rim

eter

of

a re

gula

r de

cago

n w

ith

sid

es 6

.2 m

eter

s lo

ng?

62 m

14.

Fin

d th

e pe

rim

eter

of

a re

gula

r h

exag

on h

avin

g si

des

5�2 3�

inch

es l

ong.

34 in

.

KIT

ESF

or E

xerc

ises

15–

17,u

se t

he

foll

owin

g in

form

atio

n.A

kit

e m

anu

fact

ure

r m

akes

k

ites

in

th

e sh

ape

of t

he

figu

re s

how

n.

15.

Cla

ssif

y th

e sh

ape

of t

he

kite

.q

uad

rila

tera

l

16.

If �

K�

�T

and

�E

�30

°,fi

nd

m�

Kan

d m

�T

.m

�K

�m

�T

�12

17.

Can

a t

esse

llat

ion

be

mad

e by

usi

ng

the

shap

e of

th

e ki

te?

Just

ify

you

r an

swer

.ye

s;36

0°is

div

isib

le b

y th

e m

easu

re o

f ea

ch a

ng

le in

th

e fi

gu

re.

KT

I E

NA

ME

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

DAT

E _

____

____

____

_P

ER

IOD

__

___

Prac

tice

Po

lyg

on

s an

d T

esse

llati

on

s

Cha

pter

10

53G

lenc

oe C

alifo

rnia

Mat

hem

atic

s, G

rade

6

Lesson 10–8

pygp

10-8

qu

adri

late

ral;

no

t re

gu

lar

pen

tag

on

;n

ot

reg

ula

req

uila

tera

ltr

ian

gle

;re

gu

lar

No

t a

po

lyg

on

;th

e fi

gu

re is

no

t si

mp

le.

reg

ula

r h

exag

on

No

t a

po

lyg

on

;th

e fi

gu

re

has

cu

rved

sid

es.

squ

ares

an

d

equ

ilate

ral

tria

ng

les

reg

ula

rh

exag

on

s an

deq

uila

tera

ltr

ian

gle

s

6MR

2.2

, 6A

F3.

2

NA

ME

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

DAT

E _

____

____

____

_P

ER

IOD

__

___

Skill

s Pr

actic

eP

oly

go

ns

and

Tes

sella

tio

ns

Cha

pter

10

52G

lenc

oe C

alifo

rnia

Mat

hem

atic

s, G

rade

6

Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

10-8

Det

erm

ine

wh

eth

er e

ach

fig

ure

is

a p

olyg

on.I

f it

is,

clas

sify

th

e p

olyg

onan

d s

tate

wh

eth

er i

t is

reg

ula

r.If

it

is n

ota

pol

ygon

,exp

lain

wh

y.

1.2.

3.

qu

adri

late

ral

No

t a

po

lyg

on

;th

ere

gu

lar

hex

ago

nfi

gu

re is

cir

cula

r.

4.5.

6.

No

t a

po

lyg

on

;th

eeq

uila

tera

l (re

gu

lar)

pen

tag

on

fig

ure

is n

ot

clo

sed

.tr

ian

gle

7.8.

9.

reg

ula

r h

epta

go

no

ctag

on

No

t a

po

lyg

on

;th

efi

gu

re is

no

t cl

ose

d.

Fin

d t

he

mea

sure

of

an a

ngl

e in

eac

h p

olyg

on.

10.

regu

lar

15-g

on15

6�11

.re

gula

r 18

-gon

160�

12.

regu

lar

24-g

on16

5�

Cla

ssif

y th

e p

olyg

ons

that

are

use

d t

o cr

eate

eac

h t

esse

llat

ion

.

13.

14.

squ

are

and

tri

ang

leh

exag

on

an

d t

rian

gle

15.

Wh

at i

s th

e pe

rim

eter

of

a re

gula

r pe

nta

gon

wit

h s

ides

8.4

in

ches

lon

g?42

in.

6MR

2.2

, 6A

F3.

2

Answers (Lesson 10-8)

Chapter 10 A23 Glencoe California Mathematics, Grade 6

Page 122: Chapter 10 Resource Masters - MHSchooliv Teacher’s Guide to Using the Chapter 10 Resource Masters The Chapter 10 Resource Mastersincludes the core materials needed for Chapter 10.These

NA

ME

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

DAT

E _

____

____

____

_P

ER

IOD

__

___

Enri

chm

ent

Cha

pter

10

55G

lenc

oe C

alifo

rnia

Mat

hem

atic

s, G

rade

6

Lesson 10–8

pygp

10-8

Tess

ella

ted

Pat

tern

s fo

r So

lid S

hap

esT

esse

llat

ion

s m

ade

from

equ

ilat

eral

tri

angl

es c

an b

e u

sed

to b

uil

dth

ree-

dim

ensi

onal

sh

apes

.In

Exe

rcis

e 1,

you

sh

ould

get

a s

hap

e li

keth

e on

e sh

own

at

the

righ

t.It

is

call

ed a

pyr

amid

.

Cop

y ea

ch p

atte

rn.C

reas

e th

e p

atte

rn a

lon

g th

e li

nes

.T

hen

fol

low

dir

ecti

ons

for

fold

ing

the

pat

tern

.Use

tap

e to

se

cure

th

e fo

lded

par

ts.W

hen

you

hav

e fi

nis

hed

eac

h m

odel

,d

escr

ibe

it i

n w

ord

s.

1.F

old

5 ov

er 1

.R

epea

t,in

th

is o

rder

:fo

ld 6

ove

r 7,

fold

2 o

ver

6.p

yram

id w

ith

fo

ur

tria

ng

ula

r fa

ces

2.C

ut

betw

een

4 a

nd

5.T

hen

fol

d 5

over

3.

Rep

eat

in t

his

ord

er:

fold

6 o

ver

5,fo

ld 7

ove

r 12

,an

dfo

ld 2

ove

r 9.

do

ub

le p

yram

id w

ith

six

tr

ian

gu

lar

face

s

3.C

ut

betw

een

1 a

nd

2 an

d be

twee

n

14 a

nd

15.T

hen

fol

d 15

ove

r 14

.R

epea

t,in

th

is o

rder

:fo

ld 1

ove

r 2,

fold

4 o

ver

3,fo

ld 1

1 ov

er 1

,fo

ld 1

6 ov

er 5

,an

dfo

ld 1

2 ov

er 1

3.p

enta

go

nal

sh

ape

wit

h

ten

tri

ang

ula

r fa

ces

1 57

10

14

69

11

1213

15

16

2

8

34

3 810

79

12

2

4

11

56

1

1 35

24 7

6

6MR

2.2

, 6A

F3.

2

NA

ME

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

DAT

E _

____

____

____

_P

ER

IOD

__

___

Wor

d Pr

oble

m P

ract

ice

Po

lyg

on

s an

d T

esse

llati

on

s

Cha

pter

10

54G

lenc

oe C

alifo

rnia

Mat

hem

atic

s, G

rade

6

Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

10-8

1.R

OYA

LTY

Th

e ou

tlin

e of

a c

row

n w

orn

by a

kin

g is

sh

own

bel

ow.I

s th

e fi

gure

a po

lygo

n?

If i

t is

,cla

ssif

y th

e po

lygo

nan

d st

ate

wh

eth

er i

t is

reg

ula

r.If

it

isn

ota

poly

gon

,exp

lain

wh

y.

yes;

no

nag

on

;n

ot

reg

ula

r

2.A

LCH

EMY

Th

e sy

mbo

l sh

own

is

one

of t

he

sign

s fo

r sa

lt a

lkal

iu

sed

in

17th

-cen

tury

ch

emis

try.

Is t

he

sym

bol

a po

lygo

n?

If i

t is

,cla

ssif

y th

e po

lygo

nan

d st

ate

wh

eth

er i

t is

reg

ula

r.If

it

isn

ota

poly

gon

,exp

lain

wh

y.

yes;

oct

ago

n;

no

t re

gu

lar

3.JE

WEL

RYT

he

sym

bol

show

n i

s of

ten

use

d to

rep

rese

nt

gem

s.Is

th

e sy

mbo

l a

poly

gon

? If

it

is,c

lass

ify

the

poly

gon

and

stat

e w

het

her

it

is r

egu

lar.

If i

t is

not

a po

lygo

n,e

xpla

in w

hy.

No

;th

e fi

gu

re h

as o

verl

app

ing

sid

es.

4.SY

MB

OLS

Th

e 5-

poin

ted

star

sh

own

has

side

s of

equ

al l

engt

h.I

s th

e sy

mbo

l a

poly

gon

? If

it

is,c

lass

ify

the

poly

gon

and

stat

e w

het

her

it

is r

egu

lar.

If i

t is

not

a po

lygo

n,e

xpla

in w

hy.

yes;

dec

ago

n;

no

t re

gu

lar

5.ST

AIR

ST

he

figu

re s

how

s a

side

vie

w o

fa

set

of s

tair

s.Is

th

e fi

gure

a p

olyg

on?

If i

t is

,cla

ssif

y th

e po

lygo

n a

nd

stat

ew

het

her

it

is r

egu

lar.

If i

t is

not

apo

lygo

n,e

xpla

in w

hy.

yes;

14-g

on

;n

ot

reg

ula

r

6.TE

SSEL

LATI

ON

SId

enti

fy t

he

poly

gon

sth

at a

re u

sed

to c

reat

e th

e te

ssel

lati

onsh

own

in

th

e fi

gure

.

tria

ng

le a

nd

hex

ago

n

6MR

2.2

, 6A

F3.

2

Answers (Lesson 10-8)

Chapter 10 A24 Glencoe California Mathematics, Grade 6

Page 123: Chapter 10 Resource Masters - MHSchooliv Teacher’s Guide to Using the Chapter 10 Resource Masters The Chapter 10 Resource Mastersincludes the core materials needed for Chapter 10.These

An

swer

s

NA

ME

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

DA

TE

___

____

____

___

PE

RIO

D

____

_

Less

on R

eadi

ng G

uide

Tran

slat

ion

s

Cha

pter

10

57G

lenc

oe C

alifo

rnia

Mat

hem

atic

s, G

rade

6

Lesson 10–9

pygp

10-9

Get

Rea

dy

for

the

Less

on

Com

ple

te t

he

Min

i L

ab a

t th

e to

p o

f p

age

553

in y

our

text

boo

k.W

rite

you

r an

swer

s b

elow

.

1.T

race

th

e h

oriz

onta

l an

d ve

rtic

al p

ath

bet

wee

n c

orre

spon

din

g ve

rtic

es.

Wh

at d

o yo

u n

otic

e?T

hey

hav

e th

e sa

me

pat

h,5

un

its

to t

he

rig

ht

and

2 u

nit

s d

ow

n.

2.A

dd 5

to

each

x-c

oord

inat

e of

th

e ve

rtic

es o

f th

e or

igin

al f

igu

re.T

hen

subt

ract

2 f

rom

eac

h y

-coo

rdin

ate

of t

he

vert

ices

of

the

orig

inal

fig

ure

.W

hat

do

you

not

ice?

T

he

resu

lt is

th

e co

ord

inat

es o

f th

eve

rtic

es o

f th

e fi

gu

re in

its

new

po

siti

on

.

Rea

d t

he

Less

on

3.W

hen

tra

nsl

atin

g a

figu

re,w

hat

do

you

kn

ow a

bou

t ev

ery

poin

t of

th

eor

igin

al f

igu

re?

Sam

ple

an

swer

:It

mov

es t

he

sam

e d

ista

nce

and

in t

he

sam

e d

irec

tio

n.

4.C

an a

fig

ure

be

turn

ed i

n a

tra

nsl

atio

n?

Exp

lain

.n

o;

Sam

ple

an

swer

:Wh

en a

fig

ure

is t

urn

ed,e

very

po

int

do

es n

ot

mov

e in

th

e sa

me

dir

ecti

on

.

5.W

hat

not

atio

n i

s u

sed

to i

ndi

cate

th

e ve

rtic

es o

f a

tran

slat

ed f

igu

re?

Sam

ple

an

swer

:P

rim

e sy

mb

ols

are

use

d w

ith

th

e ve

rtic

es o

fth

e tr

ansl

ated

imag

e.6.

Wh

ich

fig

ure

is

a tr

ansl

atio

n o

f F

igu

re 1

—F

igu

re 2

or

Fig

ure

3?

Exp

lain

wh

y on

e fi

gure

is

a tr

ansl

atio

n a

nd

wh

y th

e ot

her

fig

ure

is

not

a t

ran

slat

ion

.F

igu

re 3

is a

tra

nsl

atio

n o

f F

igu

re 1

;S

amp

le a

nsw

er:

Eac

h p

oin

t in

Fig

ure

1 m

oves

4 u

nit

sd

ow

n a

nd

4 u

nit

s to

th

e le

ft (

�4,

�4)

.Fig

ure

2 is

no

t a

tran

slat

ion

of

Fig

ure

1.E

ach

po

int

in F

igu

re 1

do

es n

ot

mov

e th

e sa

me

dis

tan

ce a

nd

in t

he

sam

e d

irec

tio

n t

ocr

eate

Fig

ure

2.

Rem

emb

er W

hat

Yo

u L

earn

ed7.

Des

crib

e th

e tr

ansl

atio

n g

iven

by

the

orde

red

pair

(�

7,3)

.Th

ink

of a

way

to r

emem

ber

wh

ich

dir

ecti

on t

o tr

ansl

ate

wh

en t

he

x-co

ordi

nat

e of

th

eor

dere

d pa

ir d

escr

ibin

g th

e tr

ansl

atio

n i

s n

egat

ive.

Tran

slat

e 7

un

its

left

an

d 3

un

its

up

.See

stu

den

ts’w

ork

.

1 2

3

7MG

3.2

NA

ME

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

DAT

E _

____

____

____

_P

ER

IOD

__

___

TI-7

3 A

ctiv

ityIn

teri

or

An

gle

s

Cha

pter

10

56G

lenc

oe C

alifo

rnia

Mat

hem

atic

s, G

rade

6

Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

10-8

Use

you

r ca

lcul

ator

to

expl

ore

inte

rior

ang

les

of p

olyg

ons.

The

sum

of

the

mea

sure

s of

the

inte

rior

ang

les

of a

pol

ygon

wit

h n

side

s is

:Su

m �

(n�

2) �

180°

.

If th

e po

lygo

n is

reg

ular

, the

n th

e m

easu

re o

f ea

ch in

teri

or is

this

Sum

div

ided

by

n, o

r �S

u nm �.

Use

an

d th

ese

form

ulas

to c

ompl

ete

the

tabl

e be

low

.

Step

1C

lear

all

list

s.[M

EM]6

Step

2O

pen

the

Lis

t fea

ture

.

Step

3In

L1,

ent

er n

, the

num

ber

of s

ides

.

Pre

ss

afte

r ea

ch v

alue

.

Step

4In

L2,

ent

er th

e S

um o

f In

teri

or A

ngle

s fo

rmul

a.

Hig

hlig

ht L

2.

[TEX

T]"

Don

e [S

TAT]

1 2

180

[TEX

T]"

Don

e

Step

5H

ighl

ight

L3

and

ente

r th

e fo

rmul

a fo

r th

e m

easu

re o

f ea

ch a

ngle

.

[TEX

T]"

Don

e [S

TAT]

2[S

TAT]

1

[TEX

T]"

Don

e 1.

Che

ck th

at th

e an

gle

mea

sure

s fo

r th

e oc

tago

n ar

e co

rrec

t by

eval

uatin

g th

e ex

pres

sion

sw

hen

n�

8.D

o yo

ur c

alcu

latio

ns

mat

ch th

e lis

t val

ues?

Yes,

(8 �

2) �

180

�10

80,

�10880 �

�13

5.

2.D

escr

ibe

the

tren

ds y

ou

see

in th

e su

m a

nd th

e an

gle

mea

sure

col

umns

.

Sam

ple

an

swer

:Th

e su

m v

alu

es in

crea

se b

y 18

0 as

th

e n

um

ber

of

sid

esin

crea

ses

by 1

.T

he

ang

le m

easu

re a

lso

incr

ease

s bu

t it

is a

lway

s le

ss

than

180

.

EN

TE

RE

NT

ER

2nd

2nd

2nd

2nd

EN

TE

RE

NT

ER

2nd

)2n

d(

2nd

EN

TE

R

LIS

T

EN

TE

R2n

d

LIS

T Nam

e o

f P

oly

go

nE

ach

Ang

le(R

egul

ar P

oly

go

n)

3tr

iang

le18

0°60

°

4q

uad

rila

tera

l36

0°90

°

5p

enta

go

n54

0°10

6h

exag

on

720°

120°

7h

epta

go

n90

0°�

128.

57°

8o

ctag

on

1,08

0°13

9n

on

ago

n1,

260°

140°

10d

ecag

on

1,44

0°14

No

. of

Sid

esS

um o

f In

teri

or

Ang

les

Answers (Lessons 10-8 and 10-9)

Chapter 10 A25 Glencoe California Mathematics, Grade 6

Page 124: Chapter 10 Resource Masters - MHSchooliv Teacher’s Guide to Using the Chapter 10 Resource Masters The Chapter 10 Resource Mastersincludes the core materials needed for Chapter 10.These

NA

ME

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

DAT

E _

____

____

____

_P

ER

IOD

__

___

Skill

s Pr

actic

eTr

ansl

atio

ns

Cha

pter

10

59G

lenc

oe C

alifo

rnia

Mat

hem

atic

s, G

rade

6

Lesson 10–9

pygp

10-9

1.T

ran

slat

e �

AB

C5

un

its

left

.2.

Tra

nsl

ate

rect

angl

e R

ST

U2

un

its

righ

tan

d 5

un

its

up.

3.T

ran

slat

e �

DE

F4

un

its

left

an

d 4.

Tra

nsl

ate

trap

ezoi

d L

MN

O5

un

its

righ

t4

un

its

dow

n.

and

3 u

nit

s do

wn

.

Tri

angl

e X

YZ

has

ver

tice

s X

(�4,

5),Y

(�1,

3),a

nd

Z(�

2,0)

.Fin

d t

he

vert

ices

of

XY

Z

afte

r ea

ch t

ran

slat

ion

.Th

en g

rap

h t

he

figu

re a

nd

its

tran

slat

ed i

mag

e.

5.5

un

its

dow

n6.

4 u

nit

s ri

ght,

3 u

nit

s do

wn

X(

�4,

0),

X(

0,2)

,Y

(�

1,�

2),

Y(

3,0)

,Z

(�

2,�

5)Z

(2,

�3)

Par

alle

logr

am R

ST

Uh

as v

erti

ces

R(�

1,�

3),S

(0,�

1),T

(4,�

1),a

nd

U(3

,�3)

.Fin

d t

he

vert

ices

of

RS

TU

af

ter

each

tra

nsl

atio

n.T

hen

grap

h t

he

figu

re a

nd

its

tra

nsl

ated

im

age.

7.3

un

its

left

,3 u

nit

s u

p8.

1 u

nit

rig

ht,

5 u

nit

s u

p

R(

�4,

0),

R(

0,2)

,S

(�

3,2)

,S

(1,

4),

T(

1,2)

,T

(5,

4),

U(

0,0)

U(

4,2)

y

xO

S'

R'

T'

U'

U

T

R

S

y

xO

S'

R'

T'

U'

U

T

R

S

y

xO

Y'

X'

X

Z'

Z

Y

y

xO Y'

X'

X

Z'

Z

Y

y

xOO

N

L

M

O'

N'

L'

M'

y

xO

D F

E

D'

F'

E'

y

xO

UT

RS

U'

T'

R'

S'

y

xO

B A

CB

'

A'

C'

7MG

3.2

NA

ME

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

DAT

E _

____

____

____

_P

ER

IOD

__

___

Stud

y Gu

ide

and

Inte

rven

tion

Tran

slat

ion

s

Cha

pter

10

58G

lenc

oe C

alifo

rnia

Mat

hem

atic

s, G

rade

6

Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

10-9

Tri

angl

e A

BC

has

ver

tice

s A

(�4,

�2)

,B(�

2,0)

,an

d C

(�1,

�3)

.F

ind

th

e ve

rtic

es o

f tr

ian

gle

AB

C

afte

r a

tran

slat

ion

of

5 u

nit

sri

ght

and

2 u

nit

s u

p.

Add

5 t

o ea

ch x

-coo

rdin

ate.

Add

2 t

o ea

ch y

-coo

rdin

ate.

Th

e co

ordi

nat

es o

f th

e ve

rtic

es o

f �

AB

C

are

A(

1,0)

,B(

3,2)

,an

d C

(4,

�1)

.

1.T

ran

slat

e �

GH

I1

un

it l

eft

and

2.T

ran

slat

e re

ctan

gle

LM

NO

4 u

nit

s ri

ght

5 u

nit

s do

wn

.an

d 3

un

its

up.

Tri

angl

e R

ST

has

ver

tice

s R

(3,2

),S

(4,�

2),a

nd

T(1

,�1)

.Fin

d t

he

vert

ices

of

RS

T

afte

r ea

ch t

ran

slat

ion

.Th

en g

rap

h t

he

figu

re a

nd

its

tran

slat

ed i

mag

e.

3.5

un

its

left

,1 u

nit

up

4.3

un

its

left

,2 u

nit

s do

wn

R(

�2,

3),S

(�

1,�

1),T

(�

4,0)

R(

0,0)

,S(

1,�

4),T

(�

2,�

3)

y

xO

S'

T'

T

R'

R

S

y

xO

S'

T'

T

R'

R S

y

xO

M'

N'

L' O'

ON

LM

y

xO

G'

I'

H'H

IG

A t

ran

slat

ion

is t

he m

ovem

ent

of a

geo

met

ric f

igur

e in

som

e di

rect

ion

with

out

turn

ing

the

figur

e.W

hen

tran

slat

ing

a fig

ure,

eve

ry p

oint

of

the

orig

inal

fig

ure

is m

oved

the

sam

e di

stan

ce a

nd in

the

sam

edi

rect

ion.

To g

raph

a t

rans

latio

n of

a f

igur

e, m

ove

each

ver

tex

of t

he f

igur

e in

the

giv

en d

irect

ion.

The

nco

nnec

t th

e ne

w v

ertic

es.

y

xO

B' C

'

A'

A

B C

Ver

tice

s of

�A

BC

V

erti

ces

of �

AB

C(x

�5,

y�

2)

A(�

4,�

2)(�

4 �

5,�

2 �

2)

B(�

2,0)

(�2

�5,

0 �

2)

C(�

1,�

3)(�

1 �

5,�

3 �

2)

A(

1,0)

B(

3,2)

C(

4,�

1)

Exam

ple

Exer

cise

s

7MG

3.2

Answers (Lesson 10-9)

Chapter 10 A26 Glencoe California Mathematics, Grade 6

Page 125: Chapter 10 Resource Masters - MHSchooliv Teacher’s Guide to Using the Chapter 10 Resource Masters The Chapter 10 Resource Mastersincludes the core materials needed for Chapter 10.These

An

swer

s

NA

ME

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

DAT

E _

____

____

____

_P

ER

IOD

__

___

Wor

d Pr

oble

m P

ract

ice

Tran

slat

ion

s

Cha

pter

10

61G

lenc

oe C

alifo

rnia

Mat

hem

atic

s, G

rade

6

Lesson 10–9

pygp

10-9

MA

PSF

or E

xerc

ises

1–4

,use

th

e m

ap a

t th

e ri

ght.

Map

le S

t.

Blon

de S

t.

Dodg

e St

.

Paci

fic A

ve.

Cent

er R

d.

Harr

ison

St.

Kensington Ave.

Elmwood Ave.

Delaware Ave.

Main St.

New York Ave.

California Ave.

N

1.S

tan

ley’

s sc

hoo

l is

loc

ated

at

the

corn

erof

Cen

ter

and

Elm

woo

d.T

he

libr

ary

islo

cate

d at

th

e co

rner

of

Dod

ge a

nd

Del

awar

e.D

escr

ibe

Sta

nle

y’s

wal

k fr

omsc

hoo

l to

th

e li

brar

y as

an

ord

ered

pai

rof

th

e n

um

ber

of b

lock

s.(1

,2)

2.A

fter

he

goes

to

the

libr

ary,

Sta

nle

ygo

es t

o h

is A

un

t Je

ann

e’s

hou

se a

t th

eco

rner

of

Cal

ifor

nia

an

d H

arri

son

.D

escr

ibe

Sta

nle

y’s

wal

k fr

om t

he

libr

ary

to h

is a

un

t’s h

ouse

as

anor

dere

d pa

ir o

f th

e n

um

ber

of b

lock

s.(3

,�3)

3.If

a b

us

pick

s u

p pa

ssen

gers

at

the

corn

er o

f N

ew Y

ork

and

Map

le a

nd

driv

es 2

blo

cks

sou

th a

nd

3 bl

ocks

w

est,

wh

ere

does

th

e bu

s en

d u

p?th

e co

rner

of

Elm

wo

od

an

dD

od

ge

4.O

rgan

izer

s of

a w

alka

thon

wan

t to

map

out

a ro

ute

th

at w

ill

lead

peo

ple

from

the

corn

er o

f C

ente

r an

d K

ensi

ngt

on t

oth

e co

rner

of

Cal

ifor

nia

an

d M

aple

.W

rite

a c

oord

inat

e pa

ir t

hat

des

crib

esth

e m

ost

dire

ct r

oute

.(5

,4)

5.G

EOM

ETRY

Th

e fi

gure

sh

ows

anoc

tago

n p

lott

ed o

n a

coo

rdin

ate

syst

em.

Th

e fi

gure

is

to b

e tr

ansl

ated

by

5 u

nit

sle

ft a

nd

5 u

nit

s do

wn

.Gra

ph t

he

tran

slat

ed i

mag

e of

th

e fi

gure

.

y

xO

6.B

AN

KS

Cla

riss

a is

wai

tin

g in

lin

e at

th

e ba

nk.

Th

ere

are

seve

ral

peop

le i

nli

ne

in f

ron

t of

her

.Des

crib

e th

e pa

thC

lari

ssa

mu

st t

ake

to g

et t

o th

e fr

ont

of t

he

lin

e if

eac

h t

ime

she

mov

es u

p in

lin

e by

on

e po

siti

on i

s co

nsi

dere

d on

e u

nit

.

1 u

nit

rig

ht,

1 u

nit

up

,3 u

nit

s le

ft

telle

rs

Clar

issa

7MG

3.2

NA

ME

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

DAT

E _

____

____

____

_P

ER

IOD

__

___

Prac

tice

Tran

slat

ion

s

Cha

pter

10

60G

lenc

oe C

alifo

rnia

Mat

hem

atic

s, G

rade

6

Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

10-9

1.T

ran

slat

e re

ctan

gle

AB

CD

3 u

nit

s ri

ght

2.T

rian

gle

PQ

Ris

tra

nsl

ated

3

and

4 u

nit

s do

wn

.Gra

ph r

ecta

ngl

e u

nit

s le

ft a

nd

3 u

nit

s do

wn

.A

BC

D.

Th

en t

he

tran

slat

ed f

igu

re i

s tr

ansl

ated

6 u

nit

s ri

ght.

Gra

ph t

he

resu

ltin

g tr

ian

gle.

Tri

angl

e E

FG

has

ver

tice

s E

(1,1

),F

(4,�

3),a

nd

G(�

2,0)

.Fin

d t

he

vert

ices

of

E�F

�G�

afte

r ea

ch t

ran

slat

ion

.Th

en g

rap

h t

he

figu

rean

d i

ts t

ran

slat

ed i

mag

e.

3.3

un

its

left

,2 u

nit

s do

wn

4.4

un

its

up

E�(

�2,

�1)

,F�

(1,�

5),G

�(�

5,�

2)

E�(

1,5)

,F�(

4,1)

,G�(

�2,

4)

5.SE

ATS

Jati

n w

as g

iven

a n

ew s

eati

ng

assi

gnm

ent

in s

cien

ce c

lass

.Th

e di

agra

m s

how

s h

is o

ld s

eat

and

his

new

sea

t.D

escr

ibe

this

tra

nsl

atio

n i

n

wor

ds a

nd

as a

n o

rder

ed p

air.

3 u

nit

s ri

gh

t,2

un

its

do

wn

;(3

,�2)

REA

SON

ING

Th

e co

ord

inat

es o

f a

poi

nt

and

its

im

age

afte

r a

tran

slat

ion

are

giv

en.D

escr

ibe

the

tran

slat

ion

in

wor

ds

and

as

anor

der

ed p

air.

6.A

(1,�

2) →

A

(3,4

) 7.

H(3

,3) →

H

(�4,

0)8.

Z(�

2,�

4) →

Z(

1,�

5)2

un

its

rig

ht

and

7

un

its

left

an

d 3

3

un

its

rig

ht

and

16

un

its

up

;(2

,6)

un

its

do

wn

;(�

7,�

3)

un

it d

ow

n;

(3,�

1)

Fro

nt o

f Cla

ssro

om

OLD

NE

W

y

xO

E'

GG'

F' F

E

y

xO

E'

G

G'

F'

F

E

y

xO

Q'

P

P'

R'

RQ

y

xO

B'

C'

DA

CB

A'

D'

7MG

3.2

Answers (Lesson 10-9)

Chapter 10 A27 Glencoe California Mathematics, Grade 6

Page 126: Chapter 10 Resource Masters - MHSchooliv Teacher’s Guide to Using the Chapter 10 Resource Masters The Chapter 10 Resource Mastersincludes the core materials needed for Chapter 10.These

Exam

ple

NA

ME

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

DAT

E _

____

____

____

_P

ER

IOD

__

___

Spre

adsh

eet A

ctiv

ityTr

ansl

atio

ns

Cha

pter

10

63G

lenc

oe C

alifo

rnia

Mat

hem

atic

s, G

rade

6

Lesson 10–9

pygp

10-9

You

can

use

a s

prea

dshe

et t

o de

term

ine

and

grap

h th

e or

dere

d pa

irs

of a

fig

ure

afte

r a

tran

slat

ion.

Qua

drila

tera

l AB

CD

has

the

vert

ices

A(2

,3),

B(�

1,2)

,C(�

2,�

3),

and

D(3

,�1)

.Use

a s

prea

dshe

et t

o fi

nd t

he v

erti

ces

of q

uadr

ilate

ral

A'B

'C'D

'aft

er a

tra

nsla

tion

4 u

nits

left

and

2 u

nits

up.

The

n us

e th

e sp

read

shee

t to

cr

eate

a g

raph

of

AB

CD

and

A'B

'C'D

'.

Step

1U

se C

olum

n A

for

the

x-co

ordi

nate

s an

d C

olum

n B

for

the

y-co

ordi

nate

s. E

nter

the

num

bers

usi

ng th

e fo

rmul

a ba

r. T

hen

pres

s EN

TER

to m

ove

to th

e ne

xt c

ell.

Be

sure

toen

ter

the

coor

dina

tes

of th

e fi

rst p

oint

aga

in a

t the

end

of

the

list

.

Step

2In

cel

l C1,

ent

er a

n eq

uals

sig

n fo

llow

ed b

y �

A1�

4. T

hen

pres

s EN

TER

to r

etur

n th

e x-

coor

dina

te o

f th

e ne

w p

oint

.

Step

3In

cel

l D1,

ent

er a

n eq

uals

sig

n fo

llow

ed b

y �

B1�

2. T

hen

pres

s EN

TER

to r

etur

n th

e y-

coor

dina

te o

f th

e ne

w p

oint

.

Step

4To

fin

d th

e re

mai

ning

new

x-c

oord

inat

es, c

lick

on

the

bott

om r

ight

cor

ner

of c

ell C

1an

ddr

ag it

to c

ell C

5. C

lick

on

the

bott

om r

ight

cor

ner

of c

ell D

1an

d dr

ag it

to c

ell D

5to

fin

dth

e y-

coor

dina

tes.

The

coo

rdin

ates

of

A'B

'C'D

'are

A'(�

2, 5

), B

'(�5,

4),

C'(�

6, �

1), a

nd D

'(�1,

1).

Step

5To

gra

ph, h

ighl

ight

col

umns

A a

nd B

thro

ugh

row

5. P

ress

the

Cha

rt W

izar

d. S

elec

t XY

(Sca

tter

) an

d ch

oose

the

grap

h w

ith

data

poi

nts

conn

ecte

d by

line

s. P

ress

NEX

T. S

elec

tth

e S

ER

IES

tab.

Pre

ss th

e AD

Dbu

tton

. In

the

X-V

alue

s ba

r, en

ter

�Sh

eet1

!$C$

1:$C

$5. I

nth

e Y-

Val

ues

bar,

ente

r �

Shee

t1!$

D$1:

$D$5

. Pre

ss N

EXT,

NEX

T, F

INIS

Hto

dis

play

the

grap

h.

Qua

drila

tera

l QU

AD

has

vert

ices

Q(�

2,1)

,U(2

,4),

A(3

,�3)

and

D(�

1,�

1).U

sea

spre

adsh

eet

to f

ind

the

vert

ices

of

Q'U

'A'D

'aft

er a

tran

slat

ion

of 2

uni

ts r

ight

and

3 un

its

dow

n.T

hen

use

asp

read

shee

t to

gra

ph Q

UA

Dan

d Q

'U'A

'D'.

Q(

0,-2

),U

(4,

1),A

(5,

-6)

D(

1,-4

)

AB

CD

EF

GH

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

2 -1 -2 3

3 2 -3 -1

-2 -5 -5 -1

5 4 -1 12

3-1

5

Sh

eet

1S

hee

t 2

Sh

eet

3

-8-6

-4-2

24

Serie

s 1

Serie

s 2

-4-3-2-10123456

NA

ME

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

DAT

E _

____

____

____

_P

ER

IOD

__

___

Enri

chm

ent

Cha

pter

10

62G

lenc

oe C

alifo

rnia

Mat

hem

atic

s, G

rade

6

Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

10-9

Ch

ess

Mo

ves

In t

he

gam

e of

ch

ess,

a kn

igh

t ca

n m

ove

seve

ral

diff

eren

t w

ays.

It c

an m

ove

two

spac

es v

erti

call

y or

hor

izon

tall

y,th

en o

ne

spac

e at

a 9

0�an

gle.

It c

an a

lso

mov

e on

esp

ace

vert

ical

ly o

r h

oriz

onta

lly,

then

tw

osp

aces

at

a 90

�an

gle.

Sev

eral

exa

mpl

es

of a

kn

igh

t’s m

oves

are

in

dica

ted

on t

he

grid

at

the

righ

t.

1.U

se t

he

diag

ram

at

the

righ

t.P

lace

a k

nig

ht

or o

ther

pie

ce

in t

he

squ

are

mar

ked

1.M

ove

the

knig

ht

so t

hat

it

lan

ds o

n

each

of

the

rem

ain

ing

wh

ite

squ

ares

on

ly o

nce

.Mar

k ea

chsq

uar

e in

wh

ich

th

e kn

igh

t la

nds

wit

h 2

,th

en 3

,an

d so

on

.S

amp

le a

nsw

er g

iven

.Oth

er a

nsw

ers

are

po

ssib

le.

2.U

se t

he

diag

ram

bel

ow.P

lace

a k

nig

ht

or o

ther

pie

ce i

n t

he

squ

are

mar

ked

1.M

ove

the

knig

ht

so t

hat

it

lan

ds o

n e

ach

of

the

rem

ain

ing

squ

ares

on

ly o

nce

.Mar

k ea

ch s

quar

e in

wh

ich

th

e kn

igh

t la

nds

wit

h

2,th

en 3

,an

d so

on

.

Sam

ple

an

swer

giv

en.O

ther

answ

ers

are

po

ssib

le.

216

2717

187

22

2

15 12 3

4 23 16

8

3019

2813

2411

926

2510

514

2029 1

63

48

72

5

1

7MG

3.2

Answers (Lesson 10-9)

Chapter 10 A28 Glencoe California Mathematics, Grade 6

Page 127: Chapter 10 Resource Masters - MHSchooliv Teacher’s Guide to Using the Chapter 10 Resource Masters The Chapter 10 Resource Mastersincludes the core materials needed for Chapter 10.These

An

swer

s

Exer

cise

s

NA

ME

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

DAT

E _

____

____

____

_P

ER

IOD

__

___

Stud

y Gu

ide

and

Inte

rven

tion

Ref

lect

ion

s

Cha

pter

10

65G

lenc

oe C

alifo

rnia

Mat

hem

atic

s, G

rade

6

Lesson 10–10

pygp

10-1

0

Det

erm

ine

wh

eth

er e

ach

fig

ure

has

lin

e sy

mm

etry

.If

so,d

raw

all

lin

es o

f sy

mm

etry

.n

o sy

mm

etry

Tri

angl

e D

EF

has

ver

tice

s D

(2,2

),E

(5,4

),an

d

F(1

,5).

Fin

d t

he

coor

din

ates

of

the

refl

ecte

dim

age.

Gra

ph

th

e fi

gure

an

d i

ts r

efle

cted

im

age

over

th

e x-

axis

.

Plo

t th

e ve

rtic

es a

nd

con

nec

t to

for

m �

DE

F.T

he

x-ax

is i

s th

e li

ne

of s

ymm

etry

.Th

e di

stan

ce f

rom

a p

oin

t on

�D

EF

to t

he

lin

e of

sym

met

ry i

s th

e sa

me

as t

he

dist

ance

fr

om t

he

lin

e of

sym

met

ry t

o th

e re

flec

ted

imag

e.T

he

imag

e co

ordi

nat

es a

re D

(2,

�2)

,E

(5,

�4)

,an

d F

(1,

�5)

.

For

Exe

rcis

es 1

an

d 2

,det

erm

ine

wh

ich

fig

ure

s h

ave

lin

e sy

mm

etry

.W

rite

yes

or n

o.If

yes

,dra

w a

ll l

ines

of

sym

met

ry.

1.2.

yes

no

3.

Tri

angl

e A

BC

has

ver

tice

s A

(0,4

),B

(2,1

),an

d C

(4,3

).F

ind

the

coor

din

ates

of

the

vert

ices

of

AB

Caf

ter

a re

flec

tion

ove

r th

e x-

axis

.Th

en g

raph

th

e fi

gure

an

d it

s re

flec

ted

imag

e.

A�(

0,�

4),B

�(2,

�1)

,an

d C

�(4,

�3)

y

xO

E'

D'D

F'

FE

A t

ype

of t

rans

form

atio

n w

here

a f

igur

e is

flip

ped

over

a li

ne o

f sy

mm

etry

is a

ref

lect

ion.T

o dr

aw t

here

flect

ion

of a

pol

ygon

, fin

d th

e di

stan

ce f

rom

eac

h ve

rtex

of

the

poly

gon

to t

he li

ne o

f sy

mm

etry

.Plo

tth

e ne

w v

ertic

es t

he s

ame

dist

ance

fro

m t

he li

ne o

f sy

mm

etry

but

on

the

othe

r si

de o

f th

e lin

e.T

hen

conn

ect

the

new

ver

tices

to

com

plet

e th

e re

flect

ed im

age.

Fig

ures

tha

t m

atch

exa

ctly

whe

n fo

lded

in h

alf

have

lin

e sy

mm

etry

.Eac

h fo

ld li

ne is

cal

led

a lin

e o

fsy

mm

etry

.Som

e fig

ures

hav

e m

ore

than

one

line

of

sym

met

ry.

y

xOA A'

BB

'

C C'

Exam

ple

s

Exam

ple

3

7MG

3.2

NA

ME

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

DAT

E _

____

____

____

_P

ER

IOD

__

___

Less

on R

eadi

ng G

uide

Ref

lect

ion

s

Cha

pter

10

64G

lenc

oe C

alifo

rnia

Mat

hem

atic

s, G

rade

6

Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

10-1

0

Get

Rea

dy

for

the

Less

on

Com

ple

te t

he

Min

i L

ab a

t th

e to

p o

f p

age

558

in y

our

text

boo

k.W

rite

you

r an

swer

s b

elow

.

1.D

escr

ibe

how

you

dre

w t

he

refl

ecti

on o

f yo

ur

clas

smat

e’s

nam

e.S

ee s

tud

ents

’wo

rk.

2.E

xpla

in w

hy

the

lin

e w

her

e th

e ge

omir

ror

and

pape

r m

eet

is c

alle

d th

eli

ne

of s

ymm

etry

.S

amp

le a

nsw

er:T

he

fig

ure

s w

ritt

en o

n t

he

pap

er a

nd

ref

lect

ed t

hro

ug

h t

he

geo

mir

ror

are

mir

ror

imag

es.

Rea

d t

he

Less

on

3.Is

th

e im

age

of a

ref

lect

ion

sm

alle

r,la

rger

,or

the

sam

e si

ze a

s th

eor

igin

al f

igu

re?

sam

e si

ze

4.In

Exa

mpl

e 4

on p

age

559,

how

can

you

tel

l th

at o

ne

imag

e is

a r

efle

ctio

nof

th

e ot

her

acr

oss

the

x-ax

is?

Sam

ple

an

swer

:If

yo

u f

old

th

eg

rid

alo

ng

th

e x-

axis

,Can

d C

w

ill b

e o

n t

op

of

each

oth

er,

as w

ill b

e B

and

B

and

Aan

d A

.5.

Stu

dy t

he

coor

din

ates

giv

en i

n E

xam

ples

4 a

nd

5 on

pag

e 55

9.H

ow c

anyo

u t

ell

how

man

y u

nit

s a

vert

ex i

s aw

ay f

rom

th

e x-

axis

wit

hou

tgr

aph

ing

it?

How

can

you

tel

l h

ow m

any

un

its

a ve

rtex

is

away

fro

m t

he

y-ax

is?

Sam

ple

an

swer

:Th

e d

ista

nce

a p

oin

t is

aw

ay f

rom

the

x-ax

is is

th

e sa

me

as t

he

y-co

ord

inat

e o

f th

e p

oin

t;th

ed

ista

nce

a p

oin

t is

aw

ay f

rom

th

e y-

axis

is t

he

sam

e as

th

ex-

coo

rdin

ate

of

the

po

int.

Rem

emb

er W

hat

Yo

u L

earn

ed6.

Wor

k w

ith

a p

artn

er.D

raw

an

d cu

t ou

t fi

gure

s of

reg

ula

r po

lygo

ns.

Dem

onst

rate

wh

ich

reg

ula

r po

lygo

ns

hav

e li

nes

of

sym

met

ry a

nd

wh

ich

do n

ot.M

ark

the

lin

es o

f sy

mm

etry

wit

h d

ash

ed l

ines

on

th

e m

odel

s.S

ee s

tud

ents

’wo

rk.

7MG

3.2

Answers (Lesson 10-10)

Chapter 10 A29 Glencoe California Mathematics, Grade 6

Page 128: Chapter 10 Resource Masters - MHSchooliv Teacher’s Guide to Using the Chapter 10 Resource Masters The Chapter 10 Resource Mastersincludes the core materials needed for Chapter 10.These

Det

erm

ine

wh

eth

er e

ach

fig

ure

has

lin

e sy

mm

etry

.If

so,c

opy

the

figu

re a

nd

dra

w a

ll l

ines

of

sym

met

ry.

1.2.

3.

no

yes

no

4.5.

6.

yes

no

yes

7.G

raph

�A

BC

wit

h v

erti

ces

A(2

,2),

8.G

raph

squ

are

AB

CD

wit

h v

erti

ces

B(5

,4),

and

C(5

,1)

and

its

refl

ecti

on o

ver

A(�

1,2)

,B(2

,�1)

,C(5

,2),

and

D(2

,5)

the

x-ax

is.T

hen

fin

d th

e co

ordi

nat

esan

d it

s re

flec

tion

ove

r th

e y-

axis

.Th

enof

th

e re

flec

ted

imag

e.fi

nd

the

coor

din

ates

of

the

refl

ecte

d im

age.

A�(

2,�

2),B

�(5,

�4)

,C�(

5,�

1)A

�(1,

2),B

�(�

2,�

1),C

�(�

5,2)

,D

�(�

2,5)

Th

e co

ord

inat

es o

f a

poi

nt

and

its

im

age

afte

r a

refl

ecti

on a

re g

iven

.D

escr

ibe

the

refl

ecti

on a

s ov

er t

he

x-ax

is o

r y-

axis

.

9.B

(1,�

2) →

B(

1,2)

10

.J

(�3,

5) →

J(

�3,

�5)

11.

W(�

7,�

4) →

W(

7,�

4)x-

axis

x-ax

isy-

axis

y

xO

D' A

A'

C

D

B'

B

C'

y

xO

C'

A A'

CB B'

NA

ME

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

DAT

E _

____

____

____

_P

ER

IOD

__

___

Prac

tice

Ref

lect

ion

s

Cha

pter

10

67G

lenc

oe C

alifo

rnia

Mat

hem

atic

s, G

rade

6

Lesson 10–10

pygp

10-1

07M

G3.

2

NA

ME

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

DAT

E _

____

____

____

_P

ER

IOD

__

___

Skill

s Pr

actic

eR

efle

ctio

ns

Cha

pter

10

66G

lenc

oe C

alifo

rnia

Mat

hem

atic

s, G

rade

6

Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

10-1

0

Det

erm

ine

wh

ich

fig

ure

s h

ave

lin

e sy

mm

etry

.Th

en d

raw

all

lin

es o

fsy

mm

etry

.

1.2.

3.

no

sym

met

ry

4.5.

6.

no

sym

met

ryG

rap

h t

he

figu

re a

nd

its

ref

lect

ion

ove

r th

e x-

axis

.Th

en f

ind

th

eco

ord

inat

es o

f th

e re

flec

ted

im

age.

7.tr

ian

gle

AB

Cw

ith

ver

tice

s A

(�3,

4),

B(1

,4),

and

C(3

,1)

A(

�3,

�4)

,B(

1,�

4),a

nd

C(

3,�

1)8.

rect

angl

e M

NO

Pw

ith

ve

rtic

es M

(�2,

�4)

,N

(�2,

�1)

,O(3

,�1)

,an

dP

(3,�

4)M

(�

2,4)

,N(

�2,

1),

O(

3,1)

,P(

3,4)

Gra

ph

th

e fi

gure

an

d i

ts r

efle

ctio

n o

ver

the

y-ax

is.T

hen

fin

d t

he

coor

din

ates

of

the

refl

ecte

d i

mag

e.

9.tr

ian

gle

DE

Fw

ith

ver

tice

s D

(1,4

),10

.tr

apez

oid

WX

YZ

wit

h v

erti

ces

W(�

1,3)

,E

(4,3

),an

d F

(2,0

)X

(�1,

�4)

,Y(�

5,�

4),a

nd

Z(�

3,3)

D(

�1,

4),E

(�

4,3)

,an

d F

(�

2,0)

W(

1,3)

,X(

1,�

4),Y

(5,

�4)

,Z(

3,3)

y

xO X

Z'

Y'

Y

ZW

W'

Z'

y

xO

FF

'

E'

ED

D'

y

xO

M'

N'

P'

O'

N M

O P

y

xO

A A'

B B'

C C'7M

G3.

2

Answers (Lesson 10-10)

Chapter 10 A30 Glencoe California Mathematics, Grade 6

Page 129: Chapter 10 Resource Masters - MHSchooliv Teacher’s Guide to Using the Chapter 10 Resource Masters The Chapter 10 Resource Mastersincludes the core materials needed for Chapter 10.These

An

swer

s

NA

ME

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

DAT

E _

____

____

____

_P

ER

IOD

__

___

Enri

chm

ent

Cha

pter

10

69G

lenc

oe C

alifo

rnia

Mat

hem

atic

s, G

rade

6

Lesson 10–10

pygp

10-1

0

The

Twel

ve D

ot

Puzz

leIn

th

is p

uzz

le,a

bro

ken

lin

e m

ade

up

of 5

seg

men

ts m

ust

pa

ss t

hro

ugh

eac

h o

f 12

dot

s.T

he

lin

e ca

nn

ot g

o th

rou

gh

a do

t m

ore

than

on

ce,a

lth

ough

it

may

in

ters

ect

itse

lf.T

he

lin

e m

ust

sta

rt a

t on

e do

t an

d en

d at

a d

iffe

ren

t do

t.

On

e so

luti

on t

o th

is p

uzz

le i

s sh

own

at

the

righ

t.T

wo

solu

tion

s to

th

e pu

zzle

are

not

“di

ffer

ent”

if o

ne

is ju

st

a re

flec

tion

or

rota

tion

of

the

oth

er.

Fin

d 1

8 ot

her

sol

uti

ons.

1.2.

3.

4.5.

6.

7.8.

9.

10.

11.

12.

13.

14.

15.

16.

17.

18.

7MG

3.2

NA

ME

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

DAT

E _

____

____

____

_P

ER

IOD

__

___

Wor

d Pr

oble

m P

ract

ice

Ref

lect

ion

s

Cha

pter

10

68G

lenc

oe C

alifo

rnia

Mat

hem

atic

s, G

rade

6

Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

10-1

0

1.FL

AG

ST

he

figu

re s

how

s a

flag

sim

ilar

to t

he

nat

ion

al f

lag

of D

enm

ark.

How

man

y li

nes

of

sym

met

ry d

oes

the

flag

hav

e? D

raw

all

lin

es o

f sy

mm

etry

.

1

2.FL

AG

ST

he

figu

re s

how

s a

flag

sim

ilar

to t

he

nat

ion

al f

lag

of S

wit

zerl

and.

How

man

y li

nes

of

sym

met

ry d

oes

the

flag

hav

e? D

raw

all

lin

es o

f sy

mm

etry

.

4

3.IN

TER

IOR

DES

IGN

An

in

teri

or d

esig

ner

has

bee

n h

ired

to

deco

rate

a r

oom

th

ath

as t

he

shap

e of

a r

egu

lar

hex

agon

.B

efor

e be

gin

nin

g w

ork,

the

desi

gner

stu

dies

th

e sy

mm

etry

of

the

room

.How

man

y li

nes

of

sym

met

ry d

oes

the

room

hav

e? D

raw

all

lin

es o

f sy

mm

etry

on

the

figu

re.

6

4.A

STR

OLO

GY

Th

e fi

gure

sh

ows

the

astr

olog

ical

sym

bol

for

Sag

itta

riu

spl

otte

d on

a c

oord

inat

e sy

stem

.Ref

lect

the

sym

bol

acro

ss t

he

x-ax

is.G

raph

th

ere

flec

ted

imag

e.

y

xO

5.A

RC

HIT

ECTU

RE

A c

orpo

rate

pla

za i

s to

be b

uil

t ar

oun

d a

smal

l la

ke.B

uil

din

g 1

has

alr

eady

bee

n b

uil

t.S

upp

ose

ther

ear

e ax

es t

hro

ugh

th

e la

ke a

s sh

own

.S

how

wh

ere

Bu

ildi

ng

2 sh

ould

be

buil

tif

it

wil

l be

a r

efle

ctio

n o

f B

uil

din

g 1

acro

ss t

he

y-ax

is f

ollo

wed

by

are

flec

tion

acr

oss

the

x-ax

is.

y

xO

Build

ing

1

Lake

Build

ing

2

6.A

RC

HIT

ECTU

RE

Use

th

e in

form

atio

nfr

om E

xerc

ise

5.S

upp

ose

that

a t

hir

dbu

ildi

ng

is t

o be

bu

ilt

as s

how

n.T

oco

mpl

ete

the

busi

nes

s pa

rk,s

how

wh

ere

a fo

urt

h b

uil

din

g sh

ould

be

buil

tif

it

is a

ref

lect

ion

of

Bu

ildi

ng

3 ac

ross

the

x- a

nd

y-ax

is. y

xO

Build

ing

1Bu

ildin

g 3

Lake

Build

ing

2Bu

ildin

g 47M

G3.

2

Answers (Lesson 10-10)

Chapter 10 A31 Glencoe California Mathematics, Grade 6

Page 130: Chapter 10 Resource Masters - MHSchooliv Teacher’s Guide to Using the Chapter 10 Resource Masters The Chapter 10 Resource Mastersincludes the core materials needed for Chapter 10.These

Exer

cise

s

Exam

ple

NA

ME

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

DAT

E _

____

____

____

_P

ER

IOD

__

___

TI-7

3 A

ctiv

ityL

ines

of

Sym

met

ry

Cha

pter

10

70G

lenc

oe C

alifo

rnia

Mat

hem

atic

s, G

rade

6

Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

10-1

0

Dra

w p

olyg

ons

on t

he c

alcu

lato

r by

ent

erin

g th

e co

ordi

nate

s of

the

ver

tice

s.U

se t

he D

RAW

feat

ure

to c

heck

for

ver

tica

l and

/or

hori

zont

al li

nes

of s

ymm

etry

.

The

ver

tice

s of

a p

olyg

on a

re:(

1,2)

,(7,

2),(

7,4)

,(4,

7),a

nd (

1,4)

.Dra

w t

hepo

lygo

n an

d te

ll w

heth

er it

has

ver

tica

l and

hor

izon

tal l

ines

of

sym

met

ry.

Step

1C

lear

all

list

s.

[MEM

] 6

Step

2E

nter

the

x-co

ordi

nate

s in

L1.

Ent

er th

e y-

coor

dina

tes

in L

2. R

epea

t the

fir

st v

alue

at t

heen

d of

eac

h co

lum

n.

Step

3C

reat

e Pl

ot1.

[PLO

T]4

[PLO

T]1

Step

4C

hoos

e L1

and

L2, i

f no

t alr

eady

cho

sen.

[STA

T][S

TAT]

Step

5S

et th

e gr

aph

win

dow

and

dis

play

the

plot

.

4

Step

6D

raw

a v

erti

cal l

ine

thro

ugh

the

poly

gon.

Use

the

arro

w k

eys

to c

ente

r th

e li

ne.

4

Thi

s po

lygo

n ha

s a

vert

ical

line

of

sym

met

ry.

Dra

w e

ach

pol

ygon

on

th

e ca

lcu

lato

r an

d f

ind

an

y ve

rtic

al o

r h

oriz

onta

l li

nes

of

sym

met

ry.

1.(1

, 5)

2.(1

0, 3

)(4

, 1)

(6, 6

)(4

, 9)

(2, 3

)h

ori

zon

tal l

ine

vert

ical

lin

e o

f sy

mm

etry

of

sym

met

ry

3.(5

, 3)

4.(2

, 6)

(1, 1

)(4

, 1)

(8, 1

)(7

, 1)

(12,

3)

(9, 6

)n

o li

ne

of

vert

ical

lin

e o

f sy

mm

etry

sym

met

ry

DR

AW

ZO

OM

EN

TE

R2n

dE

NT

ER

2nd

EN

TE

RE

NT

ER

2nd

EN

TE

R2n

d

LIS

T

EN

TE

R2n

d

Answers (Lesson 10-10)

Chapter 10 A32 Glencoe California Mathematics, Grade 6

Page 131: Chapter 10 Resource Masters - MHSchooliv Teacher’s Guide to Using the Chapter 10 Resource Masters The Chapter 10 Resource Mastersincludes the core materials needed for Chapter 10.These

Chapter 10 A33 Glencoe California Mathematics, Grade 6

Chapter 10 Assessment Answer KeyQuiz 1 (Lessons 10-1 and 10-3) Quiz 3 (Lessons 10-7 and 10-8) Mid-Chapter TestPage 73 Page 74 Page 75

An

swer

s

Cop

yrig

ht ©

Gle

ncoe

/McG

raw

-Hill

, a

divi

sion

of T

he M

cGra

w-H

ill C

ompa

nies

, In

c.

Quiz 2 (Lessons 10-5 and 10-6)

Page 73

Quiz 4 (Lessons 10-9 and 10-10)

Page 74

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.Not a polygon; it is

not closed.

hexagon; not regular

�23

� cm

3 ft

4 in.

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.A�(3, 2); B�(1, 4);

C�(1, �1); D�(3, �3)

y

xO

B'

A'

D'

C'C

B

A

D

(�10, �4)

yes

D�(1, 5); E�(5, 5);F�(6, 2); G�(�1, 3)

(�1, 1)

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

7.

8.

9.

10.

11.

12. parallelogram

trapezoid

acute; equilateral

right; isosceles

neither

supplementary

rightobtuseacute

D

J

B1.

2.

3.

4.

5. adjacent

vertical

supplementary

complementary

sleeping

1.

2.

3.

4.

5. C

61

130

128°; obtuse

63°; acute

Page 132: Chapter 10 Resource Masters - MHSchooliv Teacher’s Guide to Using the Chapter 10 Resource Masters The Chapter 10 Resource Mastersincludes the core materials needed for Chapter 10.These

Chapter 10 Assessment Answer KeyVocabulary Test Form 1Page 76 Page 77 Page 78

Chapter 10 A34 Glencoe California Mathematics, Grade 6

Copyright ©

Glencoe/M

cGraw

-Hill, a division of T

he McG

raw-H

ill Com

panies, Inc.

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

7.

8.

9.

10.

11.

12.

Sample answer: ameasurement found byusing similar triangles tofind a dimension that is toodifficult to measure directly

Sample answer: lines in aplane that, if extendedindefinitely, will neverintersect

three

measure

obtuse

reflection

tessellation

five

four

no

complementary

angles 1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

7.

8.

9.

10. G

D

J

A

G

B

H

C

G

A 11.

12.

13.

14.

15.

16.

17.

18.

19.

20.

B: decagon

F

A

H

A

G

D

H

C

F

B

Page 133: Chapter 10 Resource Masters - MHSchooliv Teacher’s Guide to Using the Chapter 10 Resource Masters The Chapter 10 Resource Mastersincludes the core materials needed for Chapter 10.These

Chapter 10 A35 Glencoe California Mathematics, Grade 6

An

swer

s

Cop

yrig

ht ©

Gle

ncoe

/McG

raw

-Hill

, a

divi

sion

of T

he M

cGra

w-H

ill C

ompa

nies

, In

c.Chapter 10 Assessment Answer Key

Form 2A Form 2BPage 79 Page 80 Page 81 Page 82

11.

12.

13.

14.

15.

16.

17.

18.

19.

20.

B: 20-gon

H

A

G

A

G

D

H

C

G

A1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

7.

8.

9.

10. H

D

G

B

F

B

F

C

F

D 1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

7.

8.

9.

10. H

B

J

C

G

A

G

C

H

A 11.

12.

13.

14.

15.

16.

17.

18.

19.

20.

B: 16-gon

J

B

G

D

F

D

G

D

H

C

Page 134: Chapter 10 Resource Masters - MHSchooliv Teacher’s Guide to Using the Chapter 10 Resource Masters The Chapter 10 Resource Mastersincludes the core materials needed for Chapter 10.These

Chapter 10 A36 Glencoe California Mathematics, Grade 6

Chapter 10 Assessment Answer KeyForm 2CPage 83 Page 84

Copyright ©

Glencoe/M

cGraw

-Hill, a division of T

he McG

raw-H

ill Com

panies, Inc.

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

7.

8.

9.

10.

11. 83�

trapezoid

rectangle

90

117

82

$1, 180�; $5, 30�;$10, 30�; $20, 120�;

Bills in Circulation

8%$5 Bills 8%

$10 Bills

50%$1 Bills

33%$20 Bills

�JKL, �LKJ,�K, �2; obtuse

�ABC, �CBA,�B, �1; acute

straight12.

13.

14.

15.

16.

17.

18.

19.

20.

B:

No; 160 does not gointo 360 evenly.

Avery: fish; Nathan:pasta; Alex: tacos;Takara: salad

68°

x-axis

A(1, 2), B (�2, 3),C(0, �3); A�(5, 4),B�(2, 5), C�(4, �1)

135�

108�

8 ft

No; Sample answer:

�35

� � �12

y

x0C'

B' A'

C

BA

Page 135: Chapter 10 Resource Masters - MHSchooliv Teacher’s Guide to Using the Chapter 10 Resource Masters The Chapter 10 Resource Mastersincludes the core materials needed for Chapter 10.These

Cop

yrig

ht ©

Gle

ncoe

/McG

raw

-Hill

, a

divi

sion

of T

he M

cGra

w-H

ill C

ompa

nies

, In

c.

Chapter 10 A37 Glencoe California Mathematics, Grade 6

An

swer

s

Chapter 10 Assessment Answer KeyForm 2DPage 85 Page 86

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

7.

8.

9.

10.

11. 45�

trapezoid

rhombus

90

63

44

110°

$5, 40�; $10, 40�;$20, 160�; $100, 120�

Bills in Circulation

33%$100 Bills

44%$20 Bills

11%$10 Bills

$5 Bills

11%

�QRS, �SRQ,�R, �4; acute

�FGH, �HGF, �G, �3;obtuse

right 12.

13.

14.

15.

16.

17.

18.

19.

20.

B:

No; 135 does not gointo 360 evenly.

Avery: pasta;Nathan: fish;Alex: tacos;

Takara: salad

51°

y-axis

A�(�1, 5); B�(�4, 6);C�(�2, 0)

y

xOC'

B'

B

A'

A

C

140�

120�

5 cm

no; Sample answer:

�53

� � �31

Page 136: Chapter 10 Resource Masters - MHSchooliv Teacher’s Guide to Using the Chapter 10 Resource Masters The Chapter 10 Resource Mastersincludes the core materials needed for Chapter 10.These

Copyright ©

Glencoe/M

cGraw

-Hill, a division of T

he McG

raw-H

ill Com

panies, Inc.

Chapter 10 A38 Glencoe California Mathematics, Grade 6

Chapter 10 Assessment Answer KeyForm 3Page 87 Page 88

1.

2.

3.

5.

6.

7.

8.

9.

10.

11. 70�

parallelogram

quadrilateral

111

53

14

71.5°

Bills in Circulation

36%$1 Bills

3%$2 Bills8%

$5 Bills7%$10 Bills

23%$20 Bills

5%$50 Bills

16%$100 Bills

�CDE, �EDC, �D�6; acute

�LMN, �NML,�M, �5; obtuse

obtuse

4.

$1, 130°; $2, 12°;$5, 31°; $10, 26°;$20, 83°; $50, 18°;$100, 59°

12.

13.

14.

15.

16.

17.

18.

19.

20.

B:

Yes; 120 goesinto 360 evenly.

Avery: gymnastics;Nathan: basketball;Alex: soccer;Takara: swimming

94.8�

W�(1, 2); X �(�3, 2);Y �(�1, �1); Z �(3, �1)

y

xOZ'Y'

W'X'

Y

X

Z

W

4 units left and 3 units up

160�

144�

6 ft

No; Sample answer:�65

� � �32

Page 137: Chapter 10 Resource Masters - MHSchooliv Teacher’s Guide to Using the Chapter 10 Resource Masters The Chapter 10 Resource Mastersincludes the core materials needed for Chapter 10.These

Cop

yrig

ht ©

Gle

ncoe

/McG

raw

-Hill

, a

divi

sion

of T

he M

cGra

w-H

ill C

ompa

nies

, In

c.

Chapter 10 A39 Glencoe California Mathematics, Grade 6

An

swer

s

Chapter 10 Assessment Answer KeyPage 89, Extended-Response Test

Scoring Rubric

Level Specific Criteria

4 The student demonstrates a thorough understanding of the mathematicsconcepts and/or procedures embodied in the task. The student hasresponded correctly to the task, used mathematically sound procedures,and provided clear and complete explanations and interpretations. Theresponse may contain minor flaws that do not detract from thedemonstration of a thorough understanding.

3 The student demonstrates an understanding of the mathematics conceptsand/or procedures embodied in the task. The student’s response to thetask is essentially correct with the mathematical procedures used and theexplanations and interpretations provided demonstrating an essential butless than thorough understanding. The response may contain minor errorsthat reflect inattentive execution of the mathematical procedures orindications of some misunderstanding of the underlying mathematicsconcepts and/or procedures.

2 The student has demonstrated only a partial understanding of themathematics concepts and/or procedures embodied in the task. Althoughthe student may have used the correct approach to obtaining a solution ormay have provided a correct solution, the student’s work lacks an essentialunderstanding of the underlying mathematical concepts. The responsecontains errors related to misunderstanding important aspects of the task,misuse of mathematical procedures, or faulty interpretations of results.

1 The student has demonstrated a very limited understanding of themathematics concepts and/or procedures embodied in the task. Thestudent’s response to the task is incomplete and exhibits many flaws.Although the student has addressed some of the conditions of the task, thestudent reached an inadequate conclusion and/or provided reasoning thatwas faulty or incomplete. The response exhibits many errors or may beincomplete.

0 The student has provided a completely incorrect solution oruninterpretable response, or no response at all.

Page 138: Chapter 10 Resource Masters - MHSchooliv Teacher’s Guide to Using the Chapter 10 Resource Masters The Chapter 10 Resource Mastersincludes the core materials needed for Chapter 10.These

Copyright ©

Glencoe/M

cGraw

-Hill, a division of T

he McG

raw-H

ill Com

panies, Inc.

Chapter 10 A40 Glencoe California Mathematics, Grade 6

Chapter 10 Assessment Answer Key Page 89, Extended-Response Test

Sample AnswersIn addition to the scoring rubric found on page A39, the following sample answers may be used as guidance in evaluating extended-response assessment items.

1. a.

The sides of a polygon are all linesegments with no curves. A polygonis simple and closed.

b. All triangles have two acute angles.Triangles are classified by theirthird angle.

See students’ triangles.

c. A rhombus is a quadrilateral thathas 4 congruent sides.

A square is a quadrilateral that has4 right angles and 4 congruent sides.

A rectangle is a quadrilateral thathas 4 right angles.

A trapezoid is a quadrilateral thathas only one pair of parallel sides.

See students’ quadrilaterals.

d. No. A trapezoid has exactly one setof parallel sides, and a rhombus hastwo sets of parallel sides.

e. A regular polygon has all sidescongruent and all angles congruent.

f. See students’ angles. Right anglesare 90�; obtuse angles are greaterthan 90� and less than 180�; straightangles are 180�, and acute angles aregreater than 0� and less than 90�.

g. The sum of two angles that aresupplementary is 180�. The sum oftwo angles that are complementaryis 90�, which is half the total forsupplementary angles, 180�.

See students’ drawings.

2. a. Octagons cannot fit together to coverspace because a third octagon cannotfit the 90� angle formed when 2octagons are placed together.

b.

See students’ explanations.

3. a. See students’ work.

b. See students’ work.

Page 139: Chapter 10 Resource Masters - MHSchooliv Teacher’s Guide to Using the Chapter 10 Resource Masters The Chapter 10 Resource Mastersincludes the core materials needed for Chapter 10.These

Chapter 10 A41 Glencoe California Mathematics, Grade 6

An

swer

s

Cop

yrig

ht ©

Gle

ncoe

/McG

raw

-Hill

, a

divi

sion

of T

he M

cGra

w-H

ill C

ompa

nies

, In

c.Chapter 10 Assessment Answer Key

Standardized Test PracticePage 90 Page 91

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

7.

8.

9.

10. F G H J

A B C D

F G H J

A B C D

F G H J

A B C D

F G H J

A B C D

F G H J

A B C D 11.

12.

13.

14.

15.

16.

17. A B C D

F G H J

A B C D

F G H J

A B C D

F G H J

A B C D

Page 140: Chapter 10 Resource Masters - MHSchooliv Teacher’s Guide to Using the Chapter 10 Resource Masters The Chapter 10 Resource Mastersincludes the core materials needed for Chapter 10.These

Chapter 10 A42 Glencoe California Mathematics, Grade 6

Copyright ©

Glencoe/M

cGraw

-Hill, a division of T

he McG

raw-H

ill Com

panies, Inc.Chapter 10 Assessment Answer Key

Standardized Test PracticePage 92

18.

19.

20.

21.

22.

23.

24.

25a.

25b.

25c. (�3, 5)

Translate the figure 3units left and 5 units up.

y

xO

X'

Y'

Z

Z'

XY

trapezoid

15

� ��

5.5 6.0 6.5 7.0 7.5 8.0 8.5

�� ��

$176.55

30

15.5%

7